tc-alpha.c revision 1.4 1 1.1 skrll /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
2 1.1 skrll Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
3 1.3 christos 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 1.3 christos Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 1.1 skrll Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
6 1.1 skrll Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
7 1.1 skrll Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
8 1.1 skrll Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
9 1.1 skrll Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
10 1.1 skrll
11 1.1 skrll This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
12 1.1 skrll
13 1.1 skrll GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 1.1 skrll it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 1.1 skrll the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
16 1.1 skrll any later version.
17 1.1 skrll
18 1.1 skrll GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 1.1 skrll but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 1.1 skrll MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 1.1 skrll GNU General Public License for more details.
22 1.1 skrll
23 1.1 skrll You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 1.1 skrll along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
25 1.1 skrll Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
26 1.1 skrll 02110-1301, USA. */
27 1.1 skrll
28 1.1 skrll /* Mach Operating System
29 1.1 skrll Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
30 1.1 skrll All Rights Reserved.
31 1.1 skrll
32 1.1 skrll Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
33 1.1 skrll documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
34 1.1 skrll notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
35 1.1 skrll software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
36 1.1 skrll thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
37 1.1 skrll
38 1.1 skrll CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
39 1.1 skrll CONDITION. CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
40 1.1 skrll ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
41 1.1 skrll
42 1.1 skrll Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
43 1.1 skrll
44 1.1 skrll Software Distribution Coordinator or Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
45 1.1 skrll School of Computer Science
46 1.1 skrll Carnegie Mellon University
47 1.1 skrll Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
48 1.1 skrll
49 1.1 skrll any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
50 1.1 skrll rights to redistribute these changes. */
51 1.1 skrll
52 1.1 skrll #include "as.h"
53 1.1 skrll #include "subsegs.h"
54 1.1 skrll #include "struc-symbol.h"
55 1.1 skrll #include "ecoff.h"
56 1.1 skrll
57 1.1 skrll #include "opcode/alpha.h"
58 1.1 skrll
59 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
60 1.1 skrll #include "elf/alpha.h"
61 1.1 skrll #endif
62 1.1 skrll
63 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
64 1.3 christos #include "vms.h"
65 1.3 christos #include "vms/egps.h"
66 1.3 christos #endif
67 1.3 christos
68 1.3 christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
69 1.1 skrll #include "dw2gencfi.h"
70 1.1 skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
71 1.1 skrll
72 1.1 skrll /* Local types. */
74 1.1 skrll
75 1.1 skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR -1
76 1.1 skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT -2
77 1.1 skrll #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
78 1.1 skrll #define MAX_INSN_ARGS 5
79 1.3 christos
80 1.3 christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
81 1.3 christos file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
82 1.3 christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
83 1.1 skrll
84 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup
85 1.1 skrll {
86 1.3 christos expressionS exp;
87 1.3 christos /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
88 1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
89 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
90 1.3 christos /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section. */
91 1.3 christos symbolS *xtrasym;
92 1.3 christos
93 1.3 christos /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor. */
94 1.3 christos symbolS *procsym;
95 1.1 skrll #endif
96 1.1 skrll };
97 1.1 skrll
98 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn
99 1.1 skrll {
100 1.1 skrll unsigned insn;
101 1.1 skrll int nfixups;
102 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
103 1.1 skrll long sequence;
104 1.1 skrll };
105 1.1 skrll
106 1.1 skrll enum alpha_macro_arg
107 1.1 skrll {
108 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA = 1,
109 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR,
110 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR,
111 1.1 skrll MACRO_OPIR,
112 1.1 skrll MACRO_CPIR,
113 1.3 christos MACRO_FPR,
114 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP
115 1.1 skrll };
116 1.1 skrll
117 1.1 skrll struct alpha_macro
118 1.1 skrll {
119 1.1 skrll const char *name;
120 1.1 skrll void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
121 1.1 skrll const void * arg;
122 1.1 skrll enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
123 1.1 skrll };
124 1.1 skrll
125 1.1 skrll /* Extra expression types. */
126 1.1 skrll
127 1.1 skrll #define O_pregister O_md1 /* O_register, in parentheses. */
128 1.1 skrll #define O_cpregister O_md2 /* + a leading comma. */
129 1.1 skrll
130 1.1 skrll /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these. */
131 1.1 skrll #define O_literal O_md3 /* !literal relocation. */
132 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_addr O_md4 /* !lituse_addr relocation. */
133 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_base O_md5 /* !lituse_base relocation. */
134 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_bytoff O_md6 /* !lituse_bytoff relocation. */
135 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_jsr O_md7 /* !lituse_jsr relocation. */
136 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_tlsgd O_md8 /* !lituse_tlsgd relocation. */
137 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_tlsldm O_md9 /* !lituse_tlsldm relocation. */
138 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10 /* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation. */
139 1.1 skrll #define O_gpdisp O_md11 /* !gpdisp relocation. */
140 1.1 skrll #define O_gprelhigh O_md12 /* !gprelhigh relocation. */
141 1.1 skrll #define O_gprellow O_md13 /* !gprellow relocation. */
142 1.1 skrll #define O_gprel O_md14 /* !gprel relocation. */
143 1.1 skrll #define O_samegp O_md15 /* !samegp relocation. */
144 1.1 skrll #define O_tlsgd O_md16 /* !tlsgd relocation. */
145 1.1 skrll #define O_tlsldm O_md17 /* !tlsldm relocation. */
146 1.1 skrll #define O_gotdtprel O_md18 /* !gotdtprel relocation. */
147 1.1 skrll #define O_dtprelhi O_md19 /* !dtprelhi relocation. */
148 1.1 skrll #define O_dtprello O_md20 /* !dtprello relocation. */
149 1.1 skrll #define O_dtprel O_md21 /* !dtprel relocation. */
150 1.1 skrll #define O_gottprel O_md22 /* !gottprel relocation. */
151 1.1 skrll #define O_tprelhi O_md23 /* !tprelhi relocation. */
152 1.1 skrll #define O_tprello O_md24 /* !tprello relocation. */
153 1.1 skrll #define O_tprel O_md25 /* !tprel relocation. */
154 1.1 skrll
155 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
156 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
157 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
158 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
159 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
160 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
161 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
162 1.1 skrll
163 1.1 skrll #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
164 1.1 skrll
165 1.1 skrll /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens. */
166 1.1 skrll
167 1.1 skrll #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & 32) == 0)
168 1.1 skrll #define is_fpr_num(x) (((x) & 32) != 0)
169 1.1 skrll #define regno(x) ((x) & 31)
170 1.1 skrll
171 1.1 skrll /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler. */
172 1.1 skrll
173 1.1 skrll #define note_gpreg(R) (alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
174 1.1 skrll #define note_fpreg(R) (alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
175 1.1 skrll
176 1.1 skrll /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
177 1.1 skrll /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
178 1.1 skrll cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2. */
179 1.1 skrll
180 1.1 skrll #if 1
181 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_16(x) \
182 1.1 skrll (((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
183 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_32(x) \
184 1.1 skrll (((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
185 1.1 skrll #else
186 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_16(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 && \
187 1.1 skrll (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
188 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_32(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
189 1.1 skrll (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
190 1.1 skrll #endif
191 1.1 skrll
192 1.1 skrll /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits. */
193 1.1 skrll /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
194 1.1 skrll but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms. */
195 1.1 skrll
196 1.1 skrll #if 1
197 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_16(x) ((short) (x))
198 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_32(x) ((int) (x))
199 1.1 skrll #else
200 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_16(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
201 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_32(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
202 1.1 skrll ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
203 1.1 skrll #endif
204 1.1 skrll
205 1.1 skrll /* Macros to build tokens. */
206 1.1 skrll
207 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_reg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
208 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_register, \
209 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r))
210 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_preg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
211 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_pregister, \
212 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r))
213 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
214 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_cpregister, \
215 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r))
216 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_freg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
217 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_register, \
218 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
219 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
220 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_symbol, \
221 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_symbol = (s), \
222 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (a))
223 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_const(t, n) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
224 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_constant, \
225 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (n))
226 1.1 skrll
227 1.1 skrll /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
229 1.1 skrll targets. */
230 1.1 skrll
231 1.1 skrll /* Characters which always start a comment. */
232 1.1 skrll const char comment_chars[] = "#";
233 1.1 skrll
234 1.1 skrll /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
235 1.1 skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
236 1.1 skrll
237 1.1 skrll /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
238 1.1 skrll single line. */
239 1.1 skrll const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
240 1.1 skrll
241 1.1 skrll /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
242 1.1 skrll point number. */
243 1.1 skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
244 1.1 skrll
245 1.1 skrll /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
246 1.1 skrll as in 0d1.0. */
247 1.1 skrll /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha?? */
248 1.1 skrll char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
249 1.1 skrll
250 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
251 1.1 skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
252 1.1 skrll #else
253 1.1 skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
254 1.1 skrll #endif
255 1.1 skrll
256 1.1 skrll struct option md_longopts[] =
257 1.1 skrll {
258 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
259 1.1 skrll { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
260 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
261 1.1 skrll { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
262 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
263 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
264 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
265 1.1 skrll { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
266 1.3 christos { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
267 1.3 christos #endif
268 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
269 1.3 christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
270 1.3 christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
271 1.3 christos { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
272 1.1 skrll { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
273 1.1 skrll #endif
274 1.1 skrll { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
275 1.1 skrll };
276 1.1 skrll
277 1.1 skrll size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
278 1.1 skrll
279 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
281 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_R0 0
282 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_R16 16
283 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_R17 17
284 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T9
285 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T9 22
286 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T10
287 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T10 23
288 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T11
289 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T11 24
290 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T12
291 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T12 25
292 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_AI 25
293 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_FP
294 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_FP 29
295 1.3 christos
296 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_GP
297 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
298 1.1 skrll
299 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
300 1.1 skrll
301 1.1 skrll /* The cpu for which we are generating code. */
302 1.1 skrll static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
303 1.1 skrll static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
304 1.1 skrll
305 1.1 skrll /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
306 1.1 skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash;
307 1.1 skrll
308 1.1 skrll /* The hash table of macro opcodes. */
309 1.1 skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash;
310 1.1 skrll
311 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
312 1.1 skrll /* The $gp relocation symbol. */
313 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
314 1.1 skrll
315 1.1 skrll /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
316 1.1 skrll valueT alpha_gp_value;
317 1.1 skrll #endif
318 1.1 skrll
319 1.1 skrll /* The current $gp register. */
320 1.1 skrll static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
321 1.1 skrll
322 1.1 skrll /* A table of the register symbols. */
323 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
324 1.1 skrll
325 1.1 skrll /* Constant sections, or sections of constants. */
326 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
327 1.3 christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
328 1.1 skrll #endif
329 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
330 1.1 skrll segT alpha_link_section;
331 1.3 christos #endif
332 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
333 1.1 skrll static segT alpha_lit8_section;
334 1.1 skrll #endif
335 1.1 skrll
336 1.1 skrll /* Symbols referring to said sections. */
337 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
338 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
339 1.1 skrll #endif
340 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
341 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
342 1.3 christos #endif
343 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
344 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
345 1.1 skrll #endif
346 1.1 skrll
347 1.1 skrll /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita. */
348 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
349 1.1 skrll static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
350 1.1 skrll #endif
351 1.1 skrll
352 1.1 skrll /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at? */
353 1.1 skrll static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
354 1.1 skrll
355 1.1 skrll /* Are macros enabled? */
356 1.1 skrll static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
357 1.1 skrll
358 1.1 skrll /* Are floats disabled? */
359 1.1 skrll static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
360 1.1 skrll
361 1.1 skrll /* Are addresses 32 bit? */
362 1.1 skrll static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
363 1.1 skrll
364 1.1 skrll /* Symbol labelling the current insn. When the Alpha gas sees
365 1.1 skrll foo:
366 1.1 skrll .quad 0
367 1.3 christos and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
368 1.3 christos will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary. */
369 1.3 christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
370 1.3 christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
371 1.3 christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
372 1.3 christos #endif
373 1.3 christos
374 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
375 1.1 skrll /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction. */
376 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
377 1.1 skrll #endif
378 1.1 skrll
379 1.1 skrll /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
380 1.1 skrll .align 0 will turn this off. */
381 1.1 skrll static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
382 1.1 skrll
383 1.1 skrll /* The known current alignment of the current section. */
384 1.1 skrll static int alpha_current_align;
385 1.1 skrll
386 1.1 skrll /* These are exported to ECOFF code. */
387 1.1 skrll unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
388 1.1 skrll
389 1.1 skrll /* Whether the debugging option was seen. */
390 1.1 skrll static int alpha_debug;
391 1.1 skrll
392 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
393 1.1 skrll /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section. */
394 1.3 christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
395 1.3 christos #endif
396 1.3 christos
397 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
398 1.3 christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization. */
399 1.1 skrll int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
400 1.1 skrll #endif
401 1.1 skrll
402 1.1 skrll /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker. */
403 1.1 skrll static int alpha_flag_relax;
404 1.1 skrll
405 1.1 skrll /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size. */
406 1.1 skrll static int g_switch_value = 8;
407 1.3 christos
408 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
409 1.1 skrll /* Collect information about current procedure here. */
410 1.1 skrll struct alpha_evax_procs
411 1.1 skrll {
412 1.1 skrll symbolS *symbol; /* Proc pdesc symbol. */
413 1.1 skrll int pdsckind;
414 1.1 skrll int framereg; /* Register for frame pointer. */
415 1.1 skrll int framesize; /* Size of frame. */
416 1.1 skrll int rsa_offset;
417 1.1 skrll int ra_save;
418 1.1 skrll int fp_save;
419 1.1 skrll long imask;
420 1.3 christos long fmask;
421 1.3 christos int type;
422 1.3 christos int prologue;
423 1.3 christos symbolS *handler;
424 1.3 christos int handler_data;
425 1.3 christos };
426 1.3 christos
427 1.3 christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups. */
428 1.3 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
429 1.3 christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
430 1.4 christos
431 1.1 skrll /* Current procedure descriptor. */
432 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
433 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
434 1.1 skrll
435 1.1 skrll static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0; /* -+ */
436 1.1 skrll static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0; /* -H */
437 1.1 skrll
438 1.1 skrll /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
439 1.1 skrll longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated. */
440 1.1 skrll
441 1.1 skrll #endif
442 1.1 skrll
443 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
445 1.1 skrll /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
446 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
447 1.1 skrll that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
448 1.1 skrll
449 1.1 skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
450 1.1 skrll (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
451 1.1 skrll ? (abort (), 0) \
452 1.1 skrll : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
453 1.1 skrll
454 1.1 skrll #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
455 1.1 skrll { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
456 1.1 skrll
457 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
458 1.3 christos {
459 1.1 skrll const char *name; /* String to lookup. */
460 1.1 skrll size_t length; /* Size of the string. */
461 1.1 skrll operatorT op; /* Which operator to use. */
462 1.1 skrll extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
463 1.1 skrll unsigned int require_seq : 1; /* Require a sequence number. */
464 1.1 skrll unsigned int allow_seq : 1; /* Allow a sequence number. */
465 1.1 skrll }
466 1.1 skrll alpha_reloc_op[] =
467 1.1 skrll {
468 1.1 skrll DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
469 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
470 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
471 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
472 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
473 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
474 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
475 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
476 1.1 skrll DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
477 1.1 skrll DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
478 1.1 skrll DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
479 1.1 skrll DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
480 1.1 skrll DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
481 1.1 skrll DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
482 1.1 skrll DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
483 1.1 skrll DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
484 1.1 skrll DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
485 1.1 skrll DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
486 1.1 skrll DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
487 1.1 skrll DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
488 1.1 skrll DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
489 1.1 skrll DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
490 1.1 skrll DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
491 1.1 skrll };
492 1.1 skrll
493 1.1 skrll #undef DEF
494 1.1 skrll
495 1.1 skrll static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
496 1.1 skrll = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
497 1.1 skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
498 1.1 skrll
499 1.1 skrll /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #. */
500 1.1 skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
501 1.1 skrll
502 1.3 christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information. */
503 1.3 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
504 1.3 christos {
505 1.3 christos fixS *master; /* The literal reloc. */
506 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
507 1.1 skrll struct symbol *sym; /* Linkage section item symbol. */
508 1.1 skrll struct symbol *psym; /* Pdesc symbol. */
509 1.1 skrll #endif
510 1.1 skrll fixS *slaves; /* Head of linked list of lituses. */
511 1.1 skrll segT segment; /* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section. */
512 1.1 skrll long sequence; /* Sequence #. */
513 1.1 skrll unsigned n_master; /* # of literals. */
514 1.1 skrll unsigned n_slaves; /* # of lituses. */
515 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1; /* True if ... */
516 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
517 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
518 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
519 1.1 skrll unsigned multi_section_p : 1; /* True if more than one section was used. */
520 1.1 skrll char string[1]; /* Printable form of sequence to hash with. */
521 1.1 skrll };
522 1.1 skrll
523 1.1 skrll /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse. */
524 1.1 skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_literal_hash;
525 1.1 skrll
526 1.1 skrll /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros. */
527 1.1 skrll static long next_sequence_num = -1;
528 1.1 skrll
529 1.1 skrll /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
531 1.1 skrll
532 1.1 skrll static const struct cpu_type
533 1.1 skrll {
534 1.1 skrll const char *name;
535 1.1 skrll unsigned flags;
536 1.1 skrll }
537 1.1 skrll cpu_types[] =
538 1.1 skrll {
539 1.1 skrll /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
540 1.1 skrll This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
541 1.1 skrll usage in MILO that does -m21064. Probably something more
542 1.1 skrll specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well. */
543 1.1 skrll
544 1.1 skrll { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
545 1.1 skrll { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
546 1.1 skrll { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
547 1.1 skrll { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
548 1.1 skrll { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
549 1.1 skrll { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
550 1.1 skrll { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
551 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
552 1.1 skrll { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
553 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
554 1.1 skrll { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
555 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
556 1.1 skrll { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
557 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
558 1.1 skrll
559 1.1 skrll { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
560 1.1 skrll { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
561 1.1 skrll { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
562 1.1 skrll { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
563 1.1 skrll { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
564 1.1 skrll { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
565 1.1 skrll { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
566 1.1 skrll { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
567 1.1 skrll { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
568 1.1 skrll
569 1.1 skrll { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
570 1.1 skrll { 0, 0 }
571 1.1 skrll };
572 1.1 skrll
573 1.1 skrll /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size). */
574 1.1 skrll static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
575 1.1 skrll static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
576 1.1 skrll static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL, "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
577 1.1 skrll static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
578 1.1 skrll static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL, "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
579 1.3 christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
580 1.1 skrll static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL, "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
581 1.1 skrll static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
582 1.3 christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
583 1.3 christos
584 1.4 christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
585 1.3 christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
586 1.1 skrll static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
587 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
588 1.1 skrll static char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
589 1.1 skrll static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
590 1.1 skrll #endif
591 1.1 skrll
592 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
594 1.1 skrll get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
595 1.1 skrll {
596 1.1 skrll char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
597 1.1 skrll struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
598 1.1 skrll
599 1.1 skrll sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
600 1.1 skrll
601 1.3 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
602 1.3 christos if (! info)
603 1.1 skrll {
604 1.1 skrll size_t len = strlen (buffer);
605 1.1 skrll const char *errmsg;
606 1.1 skrll
607 1.1 skrll info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
608 1.1 skrll xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
609 1.2 snj
610 1.3 christos info->segment = now_seg;
611 1.3 christos info->sequence = sequence;
612 1.3 christos strcpy (info->string, buffer);
613 1.3 christos errmsg = hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, (void *) info);
614 1.1 skrll if (errmsg)
615 1.1 skrll as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
616 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
617 1.1 skrll info->sym = 0;
618 1.1 skrll info->psym = 0;
619 1.3 christos #endif
620 1.3 christos }
621 1.1 skrll
622 1.1 skrll return info;
623 1.1 skrll }
624 1.1 skrll
625 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
626 1.1 skrll
627 1.1 skrll static void
628 1.1 skrll alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
629 1.1 skrll asection *sec,
630 1.1 skrll void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
631 1.1 skrll {
632 1.1 skrll segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
633 1.1 skrll fixS **prevP;
634 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp;
635 1.1 skrll fixS *next;
636 1.1 skrll fixS *slave;
637 1.1 skrll
638 1.1 skrll /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
639 1.1 skrll anything with it. By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
640 1.1 skrll the links in place. */
641 1.1 skrll if (seginfo == NULL)
642 1.1 skrll return;
643 1.1 skrll
644 1.1 skrll /* If there are no relocations, skip the section. */
645 1.1 skrll if (! seginfo->fix_root)
646 1.1 skrll return;
647 1.1 skrll
648 1.1 skrll /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
649 1.1 skrll gpdisp_lo16 relocs. */
650 1.1 skrll prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
651 1.1 skrll for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
652 1.1 skrll {
653 1.1 skrll next = fixp->fx_next;
654 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
655 1.1 skrll
656 1.1 skrll switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
657 1.1 skrll {
658 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
659 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
660 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
661 1.1 skrll _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
662 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
663 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
664 1.1 skrll if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
665 1.1 skrll {
666 1.1 skrll if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
667 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
668 1.1 skrll _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
669 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
670 1.1 skrll }
671 1.1 skrll else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
672 1.1 skrll {
673 1.1 skrll if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
674 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
675 1.1 skrll _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
676 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
677 1.1 skrll }
678 1.1 skrll #endif
679 1.1 skrll break;
680 1.1 skrll
681 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
682 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
683 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
684 1.1 skrll _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
685 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
686 1.1 skrll break;
687 1.1 skrll
688 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
689 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
690 1.1 skrll && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
691 1.1 skrll || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
692 1.1 skrll break;
693 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
694 1.1 skrll
695 1.1 skrll default:
696 1.1 skrll *prevP = fixp;
697 1.1 skrll prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
698 1.1 skrll break;
699 1.1 skrll }
700 1.1 skrll }
701 1.1 skrll
702 1.1 skrll /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations. They are currently
703 1.1 skrll linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
704 1.1 skrll go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
705 1.1 skrll once again.
706 1.1 skrll
707 1.1 skrll Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
708 1.1 skrll number. In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
709 1.1 skrll how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
710 1.1 skrll get the relaxation correct.
711 1.1 skrll
712 1.1 skrll ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
713 1.1 skrll we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
714 1.1 skrll present. Not implemented.
715 1.1 skrll
716 1.1 skrll Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
717 1.1 skrll in different segments. This can happen with "intersting" uses of
718 1.1 skrll inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores. */
719 1.1 skrll
720 1.1 skrll for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
721 1.1 skrll {
722 1.1 skrll next = fixp->fx_next;
723 1.1 skrll switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
724 1.1 skrll {
725 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
726 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
727 1.1 skrll if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
728 1.1 skrll break;
729 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
730 1.1 skrll break;
731 1.1 skrll else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
732 1.1 skrll {
733 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
734 1.1 skrll _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
735 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
736 1.1 skrll (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
737 1.1 skrll ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
738 1.1 skrll break;
739 1.1 skrll }
740 1.1 skrll
741 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
742 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
743 1.1 skrll fixp = fixp->fx_next;
744 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
745 1.1 skrll
746 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
747 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
748 1.1 skrll && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
749 1.1 skrll && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
750 1.1 skrll {
751 1.1 skrll for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
752 1.1 skrll slave != (fixS *) 0;
753 1.1 skrll slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
754 1.1 skrll {
755 1.1 skrll slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
756 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = slave;
757 1.1 skrll }
758 1.1 skrll }
759 1.1 skrll break;
760 1.1 skrll
761 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
762 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
763 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
764 1.1 skrll _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
765 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
766 1.1 skrll else
767 1.1 skrll {
768 1.1 skrll slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
769 1.1 skrll slave->fx_next = next;
770 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = slave;
771 1.1 skrll }
772 1.1 skrll break;
773 1.1 skrll
774 1.1 skrll default:
775 1.1 skrll break;
776 1.1 skrll }
777 1.1 skrll }
778 1.1 skrll }
779 1.1 skrll
780 1.1 skrll /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
781 1.1 skrll supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
782 1.1 skrll relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations. */
783 1.1 skrll
784 1.3 christos void
785 1.3 christos alpha_before_fix (void)
786 1.1 skrll {
787 1.1 skrll if (alpha_literal_hash)
788 1.1 skrll bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
789 1.1 skrll }
790 1.1 skrll
791 1.1 skrll #endif
792 1.1 skrll
793 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
795 1.1 skrll static void
796 1.1 skrll debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
797 1.1 skrll {
798 1.1 skrll int i;
799 1.1 skrll
800 1.1 skrll fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
801 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
802 1.1 skrll {
803 1.1 skrll expressionS *t = &tok[i];
804 1.1 skrll const char *name;
805 1.1 skrll
806 1.1 skrll switch (t->X_op)
807 1.1 skrll {
808 1.1 skrll default: name = "unknown"; break;
809 1.1 skrll case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
810 1.1 skrll case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
811 1.1 skrll case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
812 1.1 skrll case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
813 1.1 skrll case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
814 1.1 skrll case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
815 1.1 skrll case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
816 1.1 skrll case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
817 1.1 skrll case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
818 1.1 skrll case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
819 1.1 skrll case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
820 1.1 skrll case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
821 1.1 skrll case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
822 1.1 skrll case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
823 1.1 skrll case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
824 1.1 skrll case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
825 1.1 skrll case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
826 1.1 skrll case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
827 1.1 skrll case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
828 1.1 skrll case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
829 1.1 skrll case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
830 1.1 skrll case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
831 1.1 skrll case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
832 1.1 skrll case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
833 1.1 skrll case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
834 1.1 skrll case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
835 1.1 skrll case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
836 1.1 skrll case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
837 1.1 skrll case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
838 1.1 skrll case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
839 1.1 skrll case O_pregister: name = "O_pregister"; break;
840 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister: name = "O_cpregister"; break;
841 1.1 skrll case O_literal: name = "O_literal"; break;
842 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_addr: name = "O_lituse_addr"; break;
843 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_base: name = "O_lituse_base"; break;
844 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_bytoff: name = "O_lituse_bytoff"; break;
845 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_jsr: name = "O_lituse_jsr"; break;
846 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_tlsgd: name = "O_lituse_tlsgd"; break;
847 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_tlsldm: name = "O_lituse_tlsldm"; break;
848 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_jsrdirect: name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect"; break;
849 1.1 skrll case O_gpdisp: name = "O_gpdisp"; break;
850 1.1 skrll case O_gprelhigh: name = "O_gprelhigh"; break;
851 1.1 skrll case O_gprellow: name = "O_gprellow"; break;
852 1.1 skrll case O_gprel: name = "O_gprel"; break;
853 1.1 skrll case O_samegp: name = "O_samegp"; break;
854 1.1 skrll case O_tlsgd: name = "O_tlsgd"; break;
855 1.1 skrll case O_tlsldm: name = "O_tlsldm"; break;
856 1.1 skrll case O_gotdtprel: name = "O_gotdtprel"; break;
857 1.1 skrll case O_dtprelhi: name = "O_dtprelhi"; break;
858 1.1 skrll case O_dtprello: name = "O_dtprello"; break;
859 1.1 skrll case O_dtprel: name = "O_dtprel"; break;
860 1.1 skrll case O_gottprel: name = "O_gottprel"; break;
861 1.1 skrll case O_tprelhi: name = "O_tprelhi"; break;
862 1.1 skrll case O_tprello: name = "O_tprello"; break;
863 1.1 skrll case O_tprel: name = "O_tprel"; break;
864 1.1 skrll }
865 1.1 skrll
866 1.1 skrll fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
867 1.1 skrll (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
868 1.1 skrll (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
869 1.1 skrll (int) t->X_add_number);
870 1.1 skrll }
871 1.1 skrll fprintf (stderr, "\n");
872 1.1 skrll fflush (stderr);
873 1.1 skrll }
874 1.1 skrll #endif
875 1.1 skrll
876 1.1 skrll /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
877 1.1 skrll
878 1.1 skrll static int
879 1.1 skrll tokenize_arguments (char *str,
880 1.1 skrll expressionS tok[],
881 1.1 skrll int ntok)
882 1.1 skrll {
883 1.1 skrll expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
884 1.1 skrll char *old_input_line_pointer;
885 1.1 skrll int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
886 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
887 1.1 skrll expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
888 1.1 skrll #endif
889 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
890 1.1 skrll char *p;
891 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
892 1.1 skrll int c, i;
893 1.1 skrll size_t len;
894 1.1 skrll int reloc_found_p = 0;
895 1.1 skrll #endif
896 1.1 skrll
897 1.1 skrll memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
898 1.1 skrll
899 1.1 skrll /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
900 1.1 skrll old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
901 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = str;
902 1.1 skrll
903 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
904 1.1 skrll /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser. */
905 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
906 1.1 skrll #endif
907 1.1 skrll
908 1.1 skrll while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
909 1.1 skrll {
910 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
911 1.1 skrll switch (*input_line_pointer)
912 1.1 skrll {
913 1.1 skrll case '\0':
914 1.1 skrll goto fini;
915 1.1 skrll
916 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
917 1.1 skrll case '!':
918 1.1 skrll /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
919 1.1 skrll assembly language statement, and has the following form:
920 1.1 skrll !relocation_type!sequence_number. */
921 1.1 skrll if (reloc_found_p)
922 1.1 skrll {
923 1.1 skrll /* Only support one relocation op per insn. */
924 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
925 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
926 1.1 skrll }
927 1.1 skrll
928 1.1 skrll if (!saw_arg)
929 1.1 skrll goto err;
930 1.1 skrll
931 1.1 skrll ++input_line_pointer;
932 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
933 1.1 skrll p = input_line_pointer;
934 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_end ();
935 1.1 skrll
936 1.1 skrll /* Parse !relocation_type. */
937 1.1 skrll len = input_line_pointer - p;
938 1.1 skrll if (len == 0)
939 1.1 skrll {
940 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
941 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
942 1.1 skrll }
943 1.1 skrll
944 1.1 skrll r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
945 1.1 skrll for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
946 1.1 skrll if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
947 1.1 skrll break;
948 1.1 skrll if (i < 0)
949 1.1 skrll {
950 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
951 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
952 1.1 skrll }
953 1.1 skrll
954 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = c;
955 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
956 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
957 1.1 skrll {
958 1.1 skrll if (r->require_seq)
959 1.1 skrll {
960 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
961 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
962 1.1 skrll }
963 1.1 skrll
964 1.1 skrll tok->X_add_number = 0;
965 1.1 skrll }
966 1.1 skrll else
967 1.1 skrll {
968 1.1 skrll if (! r->allow_seq)
969 1.1 skrll {
970 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
971 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
972 1.1 skrll }
973 1.1 skrll
974 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
975 1.1 skrll
976 1.1 skrll /* Parse !sequence_number. */
977 1.1 skrll expression (tok);
978 1.1 skrll if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
979 1.1 skrll {
980 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
981 1.1 skrll r->name, input_line_pointer);
982 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
983 1.1 skrll }
984 1.1 skrll }
985 1.1 skrll
986 1.1 skrll tok->X_op = r->op;
987 1.1 skrll reloc_found_p = 1;
988 1.1 skrll ++tok;
989 1.1 skrll break;
990 1.1 skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
991 1.1 skrll
992 1.1 skrll case ',':
993 1.1 skrll ++input_line_pointer;
994 1.1 skrll if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
995 1.1 skrll goto err;
996 1.1 skrll saw_comma = 1;
997 1.1 skrll break;
998 1.1 skrll
999 1.1 skrll case '(':
1000 1.1 skrll {
1001 1.1 skrll char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
1002 1.1 skrll
1003 1.1 skrll /* First try for parenthesized register ... */
1004 1.1 skrll expression (tok);
1005 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
1006 1.1 skrll {
1007 1.1 skrll tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
1008 1.1 skrll saw_comma = 0;
1009 1.1 skrll saw_arg = 1;
1010 1.1 skrll ++input_line_pointer;
1011 1.1 skrll ++tok;
1012 1.1 skrll break;
1013 1.1 skrll }
1014 1.1 skrll
1015 1.1 skrll /* ... then fall through to plain expression. */
1016 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = hold;
1017 1.1 skrll }
1018 1.1 skrll
1019 1.1 skrll default:
1020 1.1 skrll if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
1021 1.1 skrll goto err;
1022 1.1 skrll
1023 1.1 skrll expression (tok);
1024 1.1 skrll if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
1025 1.1 skrll goto err;
1026 1.1 skrll
1027 1.1 skrll saw_comma = 0;
1028 1.1 skrll saw_arg = 1;
1029 1.1 skrll ++tok;
1030 1.1 skrll break;
1031 1.1 skrll }
1032 1.1 skrll }
1033 1.1 skrll
1034 1.1 skrll fini:
1035 1.1 skrll if (saw_comma)
1036 1.1 skrll goto err;
1037 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1038 1.1 skrll
1039 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
1040 1.1 skrll debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
1041 1.1 skrll #endif
1042 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1043 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1044 1.1 skrll #endif
1045 1.1 skrll
1046 1.1 skrll return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
1047 1.1 skrll
1048 1.1 skrll err:
1049 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1050 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1051 1.1 skrll #endif
1052 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1053 1.1 skrll return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
1054 1.1 skrll
1055 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1056 1.1 skrll err_report:
1057 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1058 1.1 skrll #endif
1059 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1060 1.1 skrll return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
1061 1.1 skrll }
1062 1.1 skrll
1063 1.1 skrll /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
1064 1.1 skrll syntax match. */
1065 1.1 skrll
1066 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_opcode *
1067 1.1 skrll find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
1068 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
1069 1.1 skrll int *pntok,
1070 1.1 skrll int *pcpumatch)
1071 1.1 skrll {
1072 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
1073 1.1 skrll int ntok = *pntok;
1074 1.1 skrll int got_cpu_match = 0;
1075 1.1 skrll
1076 1.1 skrll do
1077 1.1 skrll {
1078 1.1 skrll const unsigned char *opidx;
1079 1.1 skrll int tokidx = 0;
1080 1.1 skrll
1081 1.1 skrll /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture. */
1082 1.1 skrll if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
1083 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1084 1.1 skrll
1085 1.1 skrll got_cpu_match = 1;
1086 1.1 skrll
1087 1.1 skrll for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
1088 1.1 skrll {
1089 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
1090 1.1 skrll
1091 1.1 skrll /* Only take input from real operands. */
1092 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
1093 1.1 skrll continue;
1094 1.1 skrll
1095 1.1 skrll /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
1096 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok)
1097 1.1 skrll {
1098 1.1 skrll if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
1099 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1100 1.1 skrll continue;
1101 1.1 skrll }
1102 1.1 skrll
1103 1.1 skrll /* Match operand type with expression type. */
1104 1.1 skrll switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
1105 1.1 skrll {
1106 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
1107 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1108 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1109 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1110 1.1 skrll break;
1111 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
1112 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1113 1.1 skrll || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1114 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1115 1.1 skrll break;
1116 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
1117 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
1118 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1119 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1120 1.1 skrll break;
1121 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
1122 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
1123 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1124 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1125 1.1 skrll break;
1126 1.1 skrll
1127 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
1128 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
1129 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
1130 1.1 skrll switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
1131 1.1 skrll {
1132 1.1 skrll case O_illegal:
1133 1.1 skrll case O_absent:
1134 1.1 skrll case O_register:
1135 1.1 skrll case O_pregister:
1136 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister:
1137 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1138 1.1 skrll
1139 1.1 skrll default:
1140 1.1 skrll break;
1141 1.1 skrll }
1142 1.1 skrll break;
1143 1.1 skrll
1144 1.1 skrll default:
1145 1.1 skrll /* Everything else should have been fake. */
1146 1.1 skrll abort ();
1147 1.1 skrll }
1148 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
1149 1.1 skrll }
1150 1.1 skrll
1151 1.1 skrll /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
1152 1.1 skrll if (tokidx == ntok)
1153 1.1 skrll {
1154 1.1 skrll *pntok = ntok;
1155 1.1 skrll return opcode;
1156 1.1 skrll }
1157 1.1 skrll
1158 1.1 skrll match_failed:;
1159 1.1 skrll }
1160 1.1 skrll while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
1161 1.1 skrll && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
1162 1.1 skrll
1163 1.1 skrll if (*pcpumatch)
1164 1.1 skrll *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
1165 1.1 skrll
1166 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1167 1.1 skrll }
1168 1.1 skrll
1169 1.1 skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
1170 1.1 skrll the insn, but do not emit it.
1171 1.1 skrll
1172 1.1 skrll Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
1173 1.1 skrll than one insn in an insn structure. */
1174 1.1 skrll
1175 1.1 skrll static void
1176 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
1177 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
1178 1.1 skrll int ntok,
1179 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn *insn)
1180 1.1 skrll {
1181 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
1182 1.1 skrll
1183 1.1 skrll /* Search opcodes. */
1184 1.1 skrll opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
1185 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
1186 1.1 skrll {
1187 1.1 skrll int cpumatch;
1188 1.1 skrll opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
1189 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
1190 1.1 skrll {
1191 1.1 skrll assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
1192 1.1 skrll return;
1193 1.1 skrll }
1194 1.1 skrll else if (cpumatch)
1195 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
1196 1.1 skrll else
1197 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
1198 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name);
1199 1.1 skrll }
1200 1.1 skrll else
1201 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
1202 1.1 skrll }
1203 1.1 skrll
1204 1.1 skrll /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
1205 1.1 skrll .lit8, or .lit4 sections. */
1206 1.1 skrll
1207 1.1 skrll static void
1208 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (const char *name,
1209 1.1 skrll segT *secp,
1210 1.1 skrll symbolS **symp)
1211 1.1 skrll {
1212 1.1 skrll segT current_section = now_seg;
1213 1.1 skrll int current_subsec = now_subseg;
1214 1.1 skrll segT new_sec;
1215 1.1 skrll
1216 1.1 skrll *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
1217 1.1 skrll subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
1218 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, new_sec, 4);
1219 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, new_sec,
1220 1.1 skrll SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1221 1.1 skrll | SEC_DATA);
1222 1.1 skrll
1223 1.1 skrll S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
1224 1.1 skrll }
1225 1.1 skrll
1226 1.1 skrll /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
1227 1.1 skrll
1228 1.1 skrll If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
1229 1.1 skrll O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
1230 1.1 skrll instruction. In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
1231 1.1 skrll the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
1232 1.1 skrll
1233 1.1 skrll In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
1234 1.1 skrll expression. This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
1235 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_register. Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
1236 1.1 skrll so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
1237 1.1 skrll i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ". Odd, perhaps,
1238 1.1 skrll but this is what OSF/1 does.
1239 1.1 skrll
1240 1.1 skrll If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
1241 1.1 skrll and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
1242 1.1 skrll
1243 1.1 skrll Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
1244 1.3 christos a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
1245 1.3 christos sequence number to use. */
1246 1.1 skrll
1247 1.1 skrll static long
1248 1.1 skrll load_expression (int targreg,
1249 1.1 skrll const expressionS *exp,
1250 1.1 skrll int *pbasereg,
1251 1.1 skrll expressionS *poffset,
1252 1.1 skrll const char *opname)
1253 1.1 skrll {
1254 1.1 skrll long emit_lituse = 0;
1255 1.1 skrll offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
1256 1.1 skrll int basereg = *pbasereg;
1257 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
1258 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
1259 1.1 skrll
1260 1.1 skrll switch (exp->X_op)
1261 1.1 skrll {
1262 1.1 skrll case O_symbol:
1263 1.1 skrll {
1264 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1265 1.1 skrll offsetT lit;
1266 1.1 skrll
1267 1.1 skrll /* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
1268 1.1 skrll its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
1269 1.1 skrll which we'd fail. */
1270 1.1 skrll if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
1271 1.1 skrll (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
1272 1.1 skrll {
1273 1.1 skrll lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
1274 1.1 skrll alpha_lita_section, 8);
1275 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
1276 1.1 skrll }
1277 1.1 skrll else
1278 1.1 skrll lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
1279 1.1 skrll alpha_lita_section, 8);
1280 1.1 skrll
1281 1.1 skrll if (lit >= 0x8000)
1282 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1283 1.1 skrll
1284 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)". */
1285 1.1 skrll
1286 1.1 skrll if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1287 1.1 skrll {
1288 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
1289 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1290 1.1 skrll if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1291 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1292 1.1 skrll
1293 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1294 1.1 skrll }
1295 1.1 skrll else
1296 1.3 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1297 1.1 skrll
1298 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
1299 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1300 1.1 skrll
1301 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1302 1.1 skrll
1303 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1304 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1305 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1306 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
1307 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1308 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)". */
1309 1.1 skrll
1310 1.1 skrll if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1311 1.1 skrll {
1312 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
1313 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1314 1.1 skrll if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1315 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1316 1.1 skrll
1317 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1318 1.1 skrll }
1319 1.1 skrll else
1320 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1321 1.1 skrll
1322 1.1 skrll /* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
1323 1.1 skrll better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler. This happens
1324 1.1 skrll very infrequently anyway. */
1325 1.1 skrll if (1
1326 1.1 skrll || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
1327 1.1 skrll && (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
1328 1.1 skrll {
1329 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = *exp;
1330 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
1331 1.1 skrll }
1332 1.3 christos else
1333 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1334 1.1 skrll
1335 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1336 1.1 skrll
1337 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1338 1.1 skrll
1339 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1340 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1341 1.3 christos insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1342 1.3 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
1343 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1344 1.1 skrll /* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section. */
1345 1.1 skrll
1346 1.1 skrll if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
1347 1.1 skrll {
1348 1.1 skrll /* Linkage-relative expression. */
1349 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1350 1.1 skrll
1351 1.1 skrll if (range_signed_16 (addend))
1352 1.1 skrll {
1353 1.3 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
1354 1.3 christos addend = 0;
1355 1.1 skrll }
1356 1.1 skrll else
1357 1.1 skrll {
1358 1.3 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
1359 1.3 christos }
1360 1.3 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1361 1.3 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
1362 1.3 christos }
1363 1.3 christos else
1364 1.1 skrll {
1365 1.3 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
1366 1.3 christos const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
1367 1.3 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
1368 1.3 christos
1369 1.3 christos if ((symlen > 4 &&
1370 1.3 christos strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
1371 1.3 christos {
1372 1.3 christos /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
1373 1.3 christos section. Just read the address. */
1374 1.3 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1375 1.3 christos
1376 1.3 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1377 1.3 christos newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
1378 1.3 christos newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1379 1.3 christos
1380 1.3 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1381 1.3 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1382 1.3 christos alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
1383 1.3 christos
1384 1.3 christos if (poffset)
1385 1.3 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1386 1.3 christos
1387 1.3 christos if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
1388 1.3 christos {
1389 1.3 christos /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'. */
1390 1.4 christos char *ensymname;
1391 1.3 christos symbolS *ensym;
1392 1.3 christos
1393 1.3 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
1394 1.3 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1395 1.3 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1396 1.3 christos ptr1 = symname;
1397 1.4 christos ensymname = (char *) alloca (ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
1398 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1399 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
1400 1.3 christos
1401 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1402 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
1403 1.3 christos ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
1404 1.3 christos symbol_mark_used (ensym);
1405 1.3 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
1406 1.3 christos case in emit_jsrjmp. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
1407 1.3 christos Utility Manual. */
1408 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
1409 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
1410 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1411 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1412 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1413 1.3 christos insn.nfixups++;
1414 1.3 christos
1415 1.3 christos /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
1416 1.3 christos too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc. */
1417 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
1418 1.3 christos }
1419 1.3 christos else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
1420 1.3 christos {
1421 1.3 christos /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'. */
1422 1.4 christos char *psymname;
1423 1.3 christos symbolS *psym;
1424 1.3 christos
1425 1.3 christos /* Extract NAME. */
1426 1.3 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1427 1.3 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1428 1.3 christos ptr1 = symname;
1429 1.4 christos psymname = (char *) alloca (ptr2 - ptr1 + 1);
1430 1.3 christos memcpy (psymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1431 1.3 christos psymname [ptr2 - ptr1] = 0;
1432 1.3 christos
1433 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1434 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
1435 1.3 christos psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
1436 1.3 christos symbol_mark_used (psym);
1437 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
1438 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
1439 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1440 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1441 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1442 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1443 1.3 christos insn.nfixups++;
1444 1.3 christos }
1445 1.3 christos
1446 1.3 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1447 1.3 christos return 0;
1448 1.3 christos }
1449 1.3 christos else
1450 1.4 christos {
1451 1.3 christos /* Not in the linkage section. Put the value into the linkage
1452 1.3 christos section. */
1453 1.3 christos symbolS *linkexp;
1454 1.3 christos
1455 1.3 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1456 1.1 skrll addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
1457 1.1 skrll linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1458 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1459 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
1460 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1461 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1462 1.1 skrll }
1463 1.1 skrll }
1464 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
1465 1.1 skrll
1466 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
1467 1.1 skrll
1468 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
1469 1.1 skrll if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1470 1.1 skrll {
1471 1.1 skrll /* Emit "addq r, base, r". */
1472 1.1 skrll
1473 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1474 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1475 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1476 1.1 skrll }
1477 1.1 skrll #endif
1478 1.1 skrll basereg = targreg;
1479 1.1 skrll }
1480 1.1 skrll break;
1481 1.1 skrll
1482 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
1483 1.1 skrll break;
1484 1.1 skrll
1485 1.3 christos case O_subtract:
1486 1.1 skrll /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
1487 1.1 skrll absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits. */
1488 1.1 skrll
1489 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1490 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = *exp;
1491 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1492 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
1493 1.1 skrll
1494 1.1 skrll if (poffset)
1495 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1496 1.1 skrll return 0;
1497 1.1 skrll
1498 1.1 skrll case O_big:
1499 1.1 skrll if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
1500 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
1501 1.1 skrll else
1502 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
1503 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
1504 1.1 skrll break;
1505 1.1 skrll
1506 1.1 skrll default:
1507 1.3 christos as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
1508 1.3 christos addend = 0;
1509 1.3 christos break;
1510 1.1 skrll }
1511 1.1 skrll
1512 1.3 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1513 1.1 skrll {
1514 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1515 1.1 skrll symbolS *litexp;
1516 1.1 skrll #else
1517 1.4 christos offsetT lit;
1518 1.1 skrll long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
1519 1.3 christos #endif
1520 1.1 skrll
1521 1.1 skrll /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool. */
1522 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1523 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)". */
1524 1.1 skrll litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
1525 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1526 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
1527 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1528 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
1529 1.1 skrll #else
1530 1.1 skrll
1531 1.1 skrll if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
1532 1.1 skrll {
1533 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (".lit8",
1534 1.1 skrll &alpha_lit8_section,
1535 1.1 skrll &alpha_lit8_symbol);
1536 1.1 skrll
1537 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1538 1.1 skrll alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
1539 1.1 skrll alpha_lita_section, 8);
1540 1.1 skrll if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
1541 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1542 1.1 skrll #endif
1543 1.1 skrll }
1544 1.1 skrll
1545 1.1 skrll lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
1546 1.1 skrll if (lit >= 0x8000)
1547 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
1548 1.1 skrll
1549 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000". */
1550 1.1 skrll
1551 1.1 skrll if (targreg == basereg)
1552 1.1 skrll {
1553 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
1554 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1555 1.1 skrll if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1556 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1557 1.1 skrll
1558 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1559 1.1 skrll }
1560 1.1 skrll else
1561 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1562 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1563 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
1564 1.1 skrll #endif
1565 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1566 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
1567 1.1 skrll #endif
1568 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1569 1.1 skrll
1570 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1571 1.1 skrll
1572 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1573 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1574 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1575 1.1 skrll #endif
1576 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1577 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1578 1.1 skrll #endif
1579 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = seq_num;
1580 1.1 skrll
1581 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
1582 1.1 skrll
1583 1.3 christos /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)". */
1584 1.1 skrll
1585 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
1586 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
1587 1.1 skrll
1588 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1589 1.1 skrll
1590 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1591 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
1592 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
1593 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
1594 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = seq_num;
1595 1.1 skrll emit_lituse = 0;
1596 1.1 skrll
1597 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
1598 1.1 skrll
1599 1.1 skrll /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target". */
1600 1.1 skrll
1601 1.1 skrll if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1602 1.1 skrll {
1603 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1604 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1605 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1606 1.1 skrll }
1607 1.1 skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
1608 1.1 skrll
1609 1.1 skrll if (poffset)
1610 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1611 1.1 skrll *pbasereg = targreg;
1612 1.1 skrll }
1613 1.1 skrll else
1614 1.1 skrll {
1615 1.1 skrll offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
1616 1.1 skrll
1617 1.1 skrll /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend. */
1618 1.1 skrll
1619 1.1 skrll low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
1620 1.1 skrll tmp = addend - low;
1621 1.1 skrll high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1622 1.1 skrll
1623 1.1 skrll if (tmp - (high << 16))
1624 1.1 skrll {
1625 1.1 skrll extra = 0x4000;
1626 1.1 skrll tmp -= 0x40000000;
1627 1.1 skrll high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1628 1.1 skrll }
1629 1.1 skrll else
1630 1.1 skrll extra = 0;
1631 1.1 skrll
1632 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1633 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1634 1.1 skrll
1635 1.1 skrll if (extra)
1636 1.1 skrll {
1637 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r). */
1638 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
1639 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1640 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
1641 1.1 skrll }
1642 1.1 skrll
1643 1.1 skrll if (high)
1644 1.1 skrll {
1645 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldah r, high(r). */
1646 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
1647 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1648 1.1 skrll basereg = targreg;
1649 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1650 1.1 skrll }
1651 1.1 skrll
1652 1.1 skrll if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
1653 1.1 skrll {
1654 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda r, low(base)". */
1655 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
1656 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
1657 1.1 skrll basereg = targreg;
1658 1.1 skrll low = 0;
1659 1.1 skrll }
1660 1.1 skrll
1661 1.1 skrll if (poffset)
1662 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
1663 1.1 skrll *pbasereg = basereg;
1664 1.1 skrll }
1665 1.1 skrll
1666 1.1 skrll return emit_lituse;
1667 1.1 skrll }
1668 1.1 skrll
1669 1.1 skrll /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
1670 1.1 skrll most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
1671 1.1 skrll large constants. */
1672 1.1 skrll
1673 1.1 skrll static void
1674 1.1 skrll emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
1675 1.1 skrll int ntok,
1676 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1677 1.1 skrll {
1678 1.3 christos int basereg;
1679 1.1 skrll
1680 1.1 skrll if (ntok == 2)
1681 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
1682 1.1 skrll else
1683 1.1 skrll basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
1684 1.1 skrll
1685 1.1 skrll (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
1686 1.1 skrll }
1687 1.1 skrll
1688 1.1 skrll /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
1689 1.1 skrll as an implied base register. */
1690 1.1 skrll
1691 1.1 skrll static void
1692 1.1 skrll emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
1693 1.1 skrll int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1694 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1695 1.1 skrll {
1696 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
1697 1.1 skrll
1698 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
1699 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = tok[1];
1700 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
1701 1.1 skrll
1702 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1703 1.1 skrll }
1704 1.1 skrll
1705 1.1 skrll /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs. This takes care
1706 1.1 skrll of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
1707 1.1 skrll says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
1708 1.1 skrll feature wrt labels. */
1709 1.1 skrll
1710 1.1 skrll static void
1711 1.1 skrll alpha_align (int n,
1712 1.1 skrll char *pfill,
1713 1.1 skrll symbolS *label,
1714 1.1 skrll int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1715 1.1 skrll {
1716 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align >= n)
1717 1.1 skrll return;
1718 1.1 skrll
1719 1.1 skrll if (pfill == NULL)
1720 1.1 skrll {
1721 1.1 skrll if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
1722 1.1 skrll frag_align_code (n, 0);
1723 1.1 skrll else
1724 1.1 skrll frag_align (n, 0, 0);
1725 1.1 skrll }
1726 1.1 skrll else
1727 1.1 skrll frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
1728 1.1 skrll
1729 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = n;
1730 1.1 skrll
1731 1.1 skrll if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
1732 1.1 skrll {
1733 1.1 skrll symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
1734 1.1 skrll S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
1735 1.1 skrll }
1736 1.1 skrll
1737 1.1 skrll record_alignment (now_seg, n);
1738 1.1 skrll
1739 1.1 skrll /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
1740 1.1 skrll in a reloc for the linker to see. */
1741 1.1 skrll }
1742 1.1 skrll
1743 1.1 skrll /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
1744 1.1 skrll
1745 1.1 skrll static void
1746 1.1 skrll emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
1747 1.1 skrll {
1748 1.1 skrll char *f;
1749 1.1 skrll int i;
1750 1.1 skrll
1751 1.1 skrll /* Take care of alignment duties. */
1752 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
1753 1.1 skrll alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
1754 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > 2)
1755 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 2;
1756 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
1757 1.1 skrll
1758 1.1 skrll /* Write out the instruction. */
1759 1.1 skrll f = frag_more (4);
1760 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
1761 1.1 skrll
1762 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1763 1.1 skrll dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1764 1.1 skrll #endif
1765 1.1 skrll
1766 1.1 skrll /* Apply the fixups in order. */
1767 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
1768 1.1 skrll {
1769 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
1770 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
1771 1.1 skrll struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
1772 1.1 skrll int size, pcrel;
1773 1.1 skrll fixS *fixP;
1774 1.1 skrll
1775 1.1 skrll /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto. */
1776 1.1 skrll if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1777 1.1 skrll {
1778 1.1 skrll operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
1779 1.1 skrll size = 4;
1780 1.1 skrll pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
1781 1.1 skrll }
1782 1.1 skrll else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
1783 1.1 skrll || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
1784 1.3 christos || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
1785 1.3 christos {
1786 1.3 christos size = 2;
1787 1.3 christos pcrel = 0;
1788 1.1 skrll }
1789 1.1 skrll else
1790 1.1 skrll {
1791 1.3 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
1792 1.3 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1793 1.3 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1794 1.3 christos gas_assert (reloc_howto);
1795 1.3 christos
1796 1.3 christos size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
1797 1.3 christos
1798 1.3 christos switch (fixup->reloc)
1799 1.3 christos {
1800 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1801 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1802 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1803 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1804 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1805 1.1 skrll break;
1806 1.1 skrll #endif
1807 1.1 skrll default:
1808 1.3 christos gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
1809 1.1 skrll }
1810 1.1 skrll
1811 1.1 skrll pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
1812 1.1 skrll }
1813 1.1 skrll
1814 1.1 skrll fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
1815 1.1 skrll &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1816 1.1 skrll
1817 1.1 skrll /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
1818 1.1 skrll and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations. */
1819 1.1 skrll switch (fixup->reloc)
1820 1.1 skrll {
1821 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
1822 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
1823 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
1824 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
1825 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
1826 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
1827 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
1828 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
1829 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
1830 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
1831 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
1832 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
1833 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
1834 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1835 1.1 skrll break;
1836 1.1 skrll
1837 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
1838 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1839 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1840 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = 0;
1841 1.1 skrll
1842 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1843 1.1 skrll if (++info->n_master > 1)
1844 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1845 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1846 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1847 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1848 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1849 1.1 skrll break;
1850 1.1 skrll
1851 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
1852 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1853 1.1 skrll
1854 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1855 1.1 skrll if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1856 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1857 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1858 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1859 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1860 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1861 1.1 skrll info->slaves = fixP;
1862 1.1 skrll break;
1863 1.1 skrll
1864 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
1865 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
1866 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1867 1.1 skrll
1868 1.1 skrll if (insn->sequence == 0)
1869 1.1 skrll break;
1870 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1871 1.1 skrll info->master = fixP;
1872 1.1 skrll info->n_master++;
1873 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1874 1.1 skrll info->multi_section_p = 1;
1875 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1876 1.1 skrll break;
1877 1.1 skrll
1878 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1879 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
1880 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
1881 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1882 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
1883 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
1884 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1885 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
1886 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
1887 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1888 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
1889 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
1890 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1891 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
1892 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
1893 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1894 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
1895 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
1896 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1897 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
1898 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
1899 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1900 1.1 skrll do_lituse:
1901 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1902 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
1903 1.1 skrll
1904 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1905 1.1 skrll if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
1906 1.1 skrll info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
1907 1.1 skrll else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
1908 1.1 skrll info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
1909 1.1 skrll if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1910 1.1 skrll {
1911 1.1 skrll if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
1912 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
1913 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1914 1.1 skrll else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
1915 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
1916 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1917 1.1 skrll }
1918 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1919 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
1920 1.1 skrll info->slaves = fixP;
1921 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1922 1.1 skrll info->multi_section_p = 1;
1923 1.1 skrll break;
1924 1.1 skrll
1925 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
1926 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1927 1.1 skrll
1928 1.1 skrll if (insn->sequence == 0)
1929 1.1 skrll break;
1930 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1931 1.1 skrll if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1932 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1933 1.1 skrll else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1934 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
1935 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1936 1.1 skrll else
1937 1.1 skrll info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
1938 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1939 1.1 skrll break;
1940 1.1 skrll
1941 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
1942 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1943 1.1 skrll
1944 1.1 skrll if (insn->sequence == 0)
1945 1.1 skrll break;
1946 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1947 1.1 skrll if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1948 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1949 1.1 skrll else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1950 1.3 christos as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
1951 1.3 christos insn->sequence);
1952 1.3 christos else
1953 1.3 christos info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
1954 1.3 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1955 1.3 christos break;
1956 1.3 christos #endif
1957 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1958 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1959 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1960 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1961 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1962 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
1963 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1964 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
1965 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
1966 1.1 skrll break;
1967 1.1 skrll #endif
1968 1.1 skrll
1969 1.1 skrll default:
1970 1.1 skrll if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1971 1.1 skrll {
1972 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
1973 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1974 1.1 skrll }
1975 1.1 skrll break;
1976 1.1 skrll }
1977 1.1 skrll }
1978 1.1 skrll }
1979 1.1 skrll
1980 1.1 skrll /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
1981 1.1 skrll
1982 1.1 skrll static unsigned
1983 1.1 skrll insert_operand (unsigned insn,
1984 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand,
1985 1.1 skrll offsetT val,
1986 1.1 skrll char *file,
1987 1.1 skrll unsigned line)
1988 1.1 skrll {
1989 1.1 skrll if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
1990 1.1 skrll {
1991 1.1 skrll offsetT min, max;
1992 1.1 skrll
1993 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
1994 1.1 skrll {
1995 1.1 skrll max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
1996 1.1 skrll min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
1997 1.1 skrll }
1998 1.4 christos else
1999 1.1 skrll {
2000 1.1 skrll max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
2001 1.1 skrll min = 0;
2002 1.1 skrll }
2003 1.1 skrll
2004 1.1 skrll if (val < min || val > max)
2005 1.1 skrll as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
2006 1.1 skrll }
2007 1.2 snj
2008 1.1 skrll if (operand->insert)
2009 1.1 skrll {
2010 1.1 skrll const char *errmsg = NULL;
2011 1.1 skrll
2012 1.1 skrll insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
2013 1.1 skrll if (errmsg)
2014 1.1 skrll as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
2015 1.1 skrll }
2016 1.1 skrll else
2017 1.1 skrll insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
2018 1.1 skrll
2019 1.1 skrll return insn;
2020 1.1 skrll }
2021 1.1 skrll
2022 1.1 skrll /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
2023 1.3 christos an instruction and a fixup. */
2024 1.1 skrll
2025 1.1 skrll static void
2026 1.1 skrll assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
2027 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
2028 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2029 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn *insn,
2030 1.1 skrll extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
2031 1.1 skrll {
2032 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
2033 1.1 skrll const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
2034 1.1 skrll const unsigned char *argidx;
2035 1.1 skrll unsigned image;
2036 1.1 skrll int tokidx = 0;
2037 1.1 skrll
2038 1.1 skrll memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
2039 1.1 skrll image = opcode->opcode;
2040 1.1 skrll
2041 1.1 skrll for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
2042 1.1 skrll {
2043 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
2044 1.1 skrll const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
2045 1.1 skrll
2046 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
2047 1.1 skrll {
2048 1.1 skrll /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup. */
2049 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
2050 1.1 skrll continue;
2051 1.1 skrll }
2052 1.1 skrll
2053 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok)
2054 1.1 skrll {
2055 1.1 skrll switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
2056 1.1 skrll {
2057 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
2058 1.1 skrll t = &tok[0];
2059 1.1 skrll break;
2060 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
2061 1.1 skrll t = &tok[1];
2062 1.1 skrll break;
2063 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
2064 1.1 skrll {
2065 1.1 skrll static expressionS zero_exp;
2066 1.1 skrll t = &zero_exp;
2067 1.1 skrll zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
2068 1.1 skrll zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
2069 1.1 skrll }
2070 1.1 skrll break;
2071 1.1 skrll default:
2072 1.1 skrll abort ();
2073 1.1 skrll }
2074 1.1 skrll }
2075 1.1 skrll else
2076 1.1 skrll t = &tok[tokidx++];
2077 1.1 skrll
2078 1.1 skrll switch (t->X_op)
2079 1.1 skrll {
2080 1.1 skrll case O_register:
2081 1.1 skrll case O_pregister:
2082 1.3 christos case O_cpregister:
2083 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
2084 1.1 skrll NULL, 0);
2085 1.1 skrll break;
2086 1.1 skrll
2087 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
2088 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
2089 1.1 skrll gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2090 1.1 skrll reloc_operand = operand;
2091 1.1 skrll reloc_exp = t;
2092 1.1 skrll break;
2093 1.1 skrll
2094 1.1 skrll default:
2095 1.1 skrll /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
2096 1.1 skrll which means this pattern shouldn't have matched. */
2097 1.1 skrll if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
2098 1.1 skrll abort ();
2099 1.1 skrll
2100 1.1 skrll /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
2101 1.1 skrll relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
2102 1.1 skrll override the operand reloc. */
2103 1.1 skrll if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
2104 1.1 skrll {
2105 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2106 1.1 skrll
2107 1.1 skrll if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2108 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2109 1.1 skrll
2110 1.1 skrll fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2111 1.1 skrll fixup->exp = *t;
2112 1.3 christos fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
2113 1.1 skrll }
2114 1.1 skrll else
2115 1.1 skrll {
2116 1.1 skrll if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2117 1.1 skrll reloc = operand->default_reloc;
2118 1.1 skrll
2119 1.1 skrll gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2120 1.1 skrll reloc_operand = operand;
2121 1.1 skrll reloc_exp = t;
2122 1.1 skrll }
2123 1.1 skrll break;
2124 1.1 skrll }
2125 1.1 skrll }
2126 1.1 skrll
2127 1.1 skrll if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2128 1.1 skrll {
2129 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2130 1.1 skrll
2131 1.1 skrll if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2132 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2133 1.1 skrll
2134 1.1 skrll /* ??? My but this is hacky. But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
2135 1.1 skrll relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp. Choose the
2136 1.1 skrll correct internal relocation based on the opcode. */
2137 1.1 skrll if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
2138 1.1 skrll {
2139 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
2140 1.1 skrll reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2141 1.3 christos else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
2142 1.3 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
2143 1.3 christos else
2144 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
2145 1.1 skrll }
2146 1.3 christos
2147 1.3 christos /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
2148 1.1 skrll the relocation width should match the operand width.
2149 1.1 skrll Take care of -MDISP in operand table. */
2150 1.1 skrll else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
2151 1.1 skrll {
2152 1.1 skrll reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
2153 1.1 skrll = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
2154 1.1 skrll (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
2155 1.1 skrll if (reloc_operand == NULL
2156 1.1 skrll || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
2157 1.1 skrll {
2158 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
2159 1.1 skrll return;
2160 1.1 skrll }
2161 1.1 skrll }
2162 1.1 skrll
2163 1.1 skrll fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2164 1.1 skrll if (reloc_exp)
2165 1.1 skrll fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
2166 1.1 skrll else
2167 1.1 skrll fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
2168 1.1 skrll fixup->reloc = reloc;
2169 1.1 skrll }
2170 1.1 skrll
2171 1.1 skrll insn->insn = image;
2172 1.1 skrll }
2173 1.1 skrll
2174 1.1 skrll /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
2175 1.1 skrll etc. They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
2176 1.1 skrll expressions like the lda macro. */
2177 1.1 skrll
2178 1.1 skrll static void
2179 1.1 skrll emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
2180 1.3 christos int ntok,
2181 1.3 christos const void * opname)
2182 1.3 christos {
2183 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2184 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2185 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2186 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2187 1.1 skrll const char *symname
2188 1.1 skrll = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
2189 1.3 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2190 1.3 christos
2191 1.1 skrll if (ntok == 2)
2192 1.3 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2193 1.3 christos else
2194 1.3 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2195 1.3 christos
2196 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
2197 1.1 skrll &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2198 1.1 skrll
2199 1.1 skrll if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
2200 1.1 skrll (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
2201 1.1 skrll return;
2202 1.1 skrll
2203 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2204 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2205 1.1 skrll
2206 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2207 1.1 skrll
2208 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2209 1.1 skrll {
2210 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2211 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2212 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2213 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2214 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2215 1.1 skrll }
2216 1.1 skrll
2217 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2218 1.1 skrll }
2219 1.1 skrll
2220 1.1 skrll /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
2221 1.1 skrll Again, we handle simple expressions. */
2222 1.1 skrll
2223 1.1 skrll static void
2224 1.1 skrll emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
2225 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2226 1.1 skrll const void * opname)
2227 1.1 skrll {
2228 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2229 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2230 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2231 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2232 1.1 skrll
2233 1.1 skrll if (ntok == 2)
2234 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2235 1.1 skrll else
2236 1.3 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2237 1.3 christos
2238 1.1 skrll if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
2239 1.1 skrll {
2240 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2241 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2242 1.1 skrll
2243 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
2244 1.1 skrll &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2245 1.1 skrll }
2246 1.1 skrll else
2247 1.1 skrll {
2248 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = tok[1];
2249 1.1 skrll lituse = 0;
2250 1.1 skrll }
2251 1.1 skrll
2252 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2253 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2254 1.1 skrll
2255 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2256 1.1 skrll
2257 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2258 1.1 skrll {
2259 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2260 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2261 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2262 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2263 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2264 1.1 skrll }
2265 1.1 skrll
2266 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2267 1.1 skrll }
2268 1.1 skrll
2269 1.1 skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value. */
2270 1.1 skrll
2271 1.1 skrll static void
2272 1.1 skrll emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2273 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2274 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2275 1.1 skrll {
2276 1.1 skrll if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2277 1.1 skrll emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
2278 1.1 skrll else
2279 1.1 skrll {
2280 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2281 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2282 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2283 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2284 1.1 skrll
2285 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2286 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2287 1.1 skrll
2288 1.3 christos if (ntok == 2)
2289 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2290 1.1 skrll ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2291 1.1 skrll else
2292 1.1 skrll basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2293 1.1 skrll
2294 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2295 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2296 1.1 skrll
2297 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)". */
2298 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2299 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2300 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2301 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2302 1.1 skrll
2303 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2304 1.1 skrll {
2305 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2306 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2307 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2308 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2309 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2310 1.1 skrll }
2311 1.1 skrll
2312 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2313 1.1 skrll
2314 1.3 christos /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ". */
2315 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2316 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2317 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2318 1.1 skrll
2319 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2320 1.1 skrll {
2321 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2322 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2323 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2324 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2325 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2326 1.1 skrll }
2327 1.1 skrll
2328 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2329 1.1 skrll }
2330 1.1 skrll }
2331 1.1 skrll
2332 1.1 skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value. */
2333 1.1 skrll
2334 1.1 skrll static void
2335 1.1 skrll emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
2336 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2337 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2338 1.1 skrll {
2339 1.1 skrll emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2340 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2341 1.1 skrll }
2342 1.1 skrll
2343 1.1 skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
2344 1.1 skrll value. */
2345 1.1 skrll
2346 1.1 skrll static void
2347 1.1 skrll emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2348 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2349 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2350 1.1 skrll {
2351 1.1 skrll long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2352 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2353 1.1 skrll
2354 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2355 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2356 1.1 skrll
2357 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2358 1.1 skrll memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2359 1.1 skrll newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2360 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2361 1.1 skrll
2362 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2363 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2364 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2365 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2366 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2367 1.1 skrll
2368 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2369 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2370 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2371 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2372 1.1 skrll
2373 1.1 skrll /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2374 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2375 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2376 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2377 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2378 1.1 skrll
2379 1.1 skrll /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2380 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2381 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2382 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2383 1.1 skrll
2384 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ". */
2385 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2386 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2387 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[0];
2388 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2389 1.1 skrll }
2390 1.1 skrll
2391 1.1 skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
2392 1.1 skrll Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
2393 1.1 skrll don't have to do the sign extension. */
2394 1.1 skrll
2395 1.1 skrll static void
2396 1.1 skrll emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
2397 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2398 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2399 1.1 skrll {
2400 1.1 skrll emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2401 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2402 1.1 skrll }
2403 1.1 skrll
2404 1.1 skrll /* Implement the ldil macro. */
2405 1.1 skrll
2406 1.1 skrll static void
2407 1.1 skrll emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
2408 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2409 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2410 1.1 skrll {
2411 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[2];
2412 1.1 skrll
2413 1.1 skrll memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
2414 1.1 skrll newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
2415 1.1 skrll
2416 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2417 1.1 skrll }
2418 1.1 skrll
2419 1.1 skrll /* Store a half-word or byte. */
2420 1.1 skrll
2421 1.1 skrll static void
2422 1.1 skrll emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
2423 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2424 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2425 1.1 skrll {
2426 1.1 skrll int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2427 1.1 skrll
2428 1.1 skrll if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2429 1.1 skrll emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
2430 1.1 skrll else
2431 1.1 skrll {
2432 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2433 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2434 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2435 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2436 1.1 skrll
2437 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2438 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2439 1.1 skrll
2440 1.3 christos if (ntok == 2)
2441 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2442 1.1 skrll ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2443 1.1 skrll else
2444 1.1 skrll basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2445 1.1 skrll
2446 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2447 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2448 1.1 skrll
2449 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2450 1.3 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2451 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2452 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2453 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2454 1.1 skrll
2455 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2456 1.1 skrll {
2457 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2458 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2459 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2460 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2461 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2462 1.1 skrll }
2463 1.1 skrll
2464 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2465 1.1 skrll
2466 1.1 skrll /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10". */
2467 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2468 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2469 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2470 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2471 1.1 skrll
2472 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2473 1.1 skrll {
2474 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2475 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2476 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2477 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2478 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2479 1.1 skrll }
2480 1.1 skrll
2481 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2482 1.1 skrll
2483 1.3 christos /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2484 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2485 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2486 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2487 1.1 skrll
2488 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2489 1.1 skrll {
2490 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2491 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2492 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2493 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2494 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2495 1.1 skrll }
2496 1.1 skrll
2497 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2498 1.1 skrll
2499 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9". */
2500 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2501 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2502 1.1 skrll
2503 1.3 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at). */
2504 1.1 skrll set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
2505 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2506 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2507 1.1 skrll
2508 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2509 1.1 skrll {
2510 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2511 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2512 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2513 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2514 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2515 1.1 skrll }
2516 1.1 skrll
2517 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2518 1.1 skrll }
2519 1.1 skrll }
2520 1.1 skrll
2521 1.1 skrll /* Store an integer to an unaligned address. */
2522 1.1 skrll
2523 1.1 skrll static void
2524 1.1 skrll emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
2525 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2526 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2527 1.1 skrll {
2528 1.1 skrll int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2529 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2530 1.1 skrll
2531 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2532 1.1 skrll memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2533 1.1 skrll newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2534 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2535 1.1 skrll
2536 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)". */
2537 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2538 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2539 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2540 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2541 1.1 skrll
2542 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)". */
2543 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2544 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2545 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2546 1.1 skrll
2547 1.1 skrll /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11". */
2548 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
2549 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2550 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
2551 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2552 1.1 skrll
2553 1.1 skrll /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12". */
2554 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
2555 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2556 1.1 skrll
2557 1.1 skrll /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2558 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2559 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2560 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2561 1.1 skrll
2562 1.1 skrll /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2563 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2564 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2565 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2566 1.1 skrll
2567 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9". */
2568 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2569 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2570 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2571 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2572 1.1 skrll
2573 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10". */
2574 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2575 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
2576 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2577 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2578 1.1 skrll
2579 1.1 skrll /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2580 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2581 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2582 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2583 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2584 1.1 skrll
2585 1.1 skrll /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2586 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2587 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2588 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2589 1.1 skrll }
2590 1.1 skrll
2591 1.1 skrll /* Sign extend a half-word or byte. The 32-bit sign extend is
2592 1.1 skrll implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table. */
2593 1.1 skrll
2594 1.1 skrll static void
2595 1.1 skrll emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
2596 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2597 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2598 1.1 skrll {
2599 1.1 skrll long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2600 1.1 skrll
2601 1.1 skrll if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2602 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
2603 1.1 skrll else
2604 1.1 skrll {
2605 1.1 skrll int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
2606 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2607 1.1 skrll
2608 1.1 skrll /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst". */
2609 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
2610 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
2611 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
2612 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
2613 1.1 skrll
2614 1.1 skrll /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst". */
2615 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = newtok[2];
2616 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
2617 1.1 skrll }
2618 1.1 skrll }
2619 1.1 skrll
2620 1.1 skrll /* Implement the division and modulus macros. */
2621 1.1 skrll
2622 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2623 1.1 skrll
2624 1.1 skrll /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
2625 1.1 skrll Don't clobber PV and RA. */
2626 1.1 skrll
2627 1.1 skrll static void
2628 1.1 skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2629 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2630 1.1 skrll const void * symname)
2631 1.1 skrll {
2632 1.1 skrll /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2633 1.1 skrll
2634 1.1 skrll Convert
2635 1.1 skrll OP x,y,result
2636 1.1 skrll to
2637 1.1 skrll mov x,R16 # if x != R16
2638 1.1 skrll mov y,R17 # if y != R17
2639 1.1 skrll lda AT,__OP
2640 1.1 skrll jsr AT,(AT),0
2641 1.1 skrll mov R0,result
2642 1.1 skrll
2643 1.1 skrll with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
2644 1.1 skrll specified by the compiler. */
2645 1.1 skrll
2646 1.1 skrll int xr, yr, rr;
2647 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
2648 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2649 1.1 skrll
2650 1.1 skrll xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2651 1.1 skrll yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2652 1.1 skrll
2653 1.1 skrll if (ntok < 3)
2654 1.1 skrll rr = xr;
2655 1.1 skrll else
2656 1.1 skrll rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2657 1.1 skrll
2658 1.1 skrll /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2659 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
2660 1.1 skrll {
2661 1.1 skrll /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2662 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2663 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2664 1.1 skrll
2665 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2666 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2667 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2668 1.1 skrll
2669 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
2670 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2671 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2672 1.1 skrll
2673 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2674 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2675 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2676 1.1 skrll }
2677 1.1 skrll else
2678 1.1 skrll {
2679 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
2680 1.1 skrll {
2681 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2682 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2683 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2684 1.1 skrll }
2685 1.1 skrll
2686 1.1 skrll if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
2687 1.1 skrll {
2688 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2689 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2690 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2691 1.1 skrll }
2692 1.1 skrll
2693 1.1 skrll if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
2694 1.1 skrll {
2695 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2696 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2697 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2698 1.1 skrll }
2699 1.1 skrll }
2700 1.1 skrll
2701 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2702 1.1 skrll
2703 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2704 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2705 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
2706 1.1 skrll
2707 1.1 skrll /* Call the division routine. */
2708 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2709 1.1 skrll set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2710 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2711 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
2712 1.1 skrll
2713 1.1 skrll /* Move the result to the right place. */
2714 1.1 skrll if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
2715 1.1 skrll {
2716 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
2717 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2718 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2719 1.1 skrll }
2720 1.1 skrll }
2721 1.1 skrll
2722 1.1 skrll #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2723 1.1 skrll
2724 1.1 skrll static void
2725 1.1 skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2726 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2727 1.1 skrll const void * symname)
2728 1.1 skrll {
2729 1.1 skrll /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2730 1.1 skrll Convert
2731 1.1 skrll OP x,y,result
2732 1.1 skrll to
2733 1.1 skrll lda pv,__OP
2734 1.1 skrll mov x,t10
2735 1.1 skrll mov y,t11
2736 1.1 skrll jsr t9,(pv),__OP
2737 1.1 skrll mov t12,result
2738 1.1 skrll
2739 1.1 skrll with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
2740 1.1 skrll specified by the compiler. */
2741 1.1 skrll
2742 1.1 skrll int xr, yr, rr;
2743 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
2744 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2745 1.1 skrll
2746 1.1 skrll xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2747 1.1 skrll yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2748 1.1 skrll
2749 1.1 skrll if (ntok < 3)
2750 1.1 skrll rr = xr;
2751 1.1 skrll else
2752 1.1 skrll rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2753 1.1 skrll
2754 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2755 1.1 skrll
2756 1.1 skrll /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2757 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
2758 1.1 skrll {
2759 1.1 skrll /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2760 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2761 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2762 1.1 skrll
2763 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2764 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2765 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2766 1.1 skrll
2767 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
2768 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2769 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2770 1.1 skrll
2771 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2772 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2773 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2774 1.1 skrll }
2775 1.1 skrll else
2776 1.1 skrll {
2777 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
2778 1.1 skrll {
2779 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2780 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2781 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2782 1.1 skrll }
2783 1.1 skrll
2784 1.1 skrll if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
2785 1.1 skrll {
2786 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2787 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2788 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2789 1.1 skrll }
2790 1.1 skrll
2791 1.1 skrll if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
2792 1.1 skrll {
2793 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2794 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2795 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2796 1.1 skrll }
2797 1.1 skrll }
2798 1.1 skrll
2799 1.1 skrll /* Call the division routine. */
2800 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2801 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2802 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
2803 1.1 skrll
2804 1.1 skrll /* Reload the GP register. */
2805 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2806 1.1 skrll FIXME
2807 1.1 skrll #endif
2808 1.1 skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2809 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
2810 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2811 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2812 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
2813 1.1 skrll #endif
2814 1.1 skrll
2815 1.1 skrll /* Move the result to the right place. */
2816 1.1 skrll if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
2817 1.1 skrll {
2818 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
2819 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2820 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2821 1.1 skrll }
2822 1.1 skrll }
2823 1.1 skrll
2824 1.1 skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2825 1.1 skrll
2826 1.1 skrll /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
2827 1.1 skrll in that they can load the target address and default most
2828 1.1 skrll everything. */
2829 1.1 skrll
2830 1.1 skrll static void
2831 1.1 skrll emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
2832 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2833 1.1 skrll const void * vopname)
2834 1.1 skrll {
2835 1.1 skrll const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2836 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2837 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2838 1.1 skrll int r, tokidx = 0;
2839 1.1 skrll long lituse = 0;
2840 1.1 skrll
2841 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2842 1.1 skrll r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2843 1.1 skrll else
2844 1.1 skrll r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
2845 1.1 skrll
2846 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2847 1.1 skrll
2848 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok &&
2849 1.1 skrll (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2850 1.3 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2851 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2852 1.1 skrll /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>. */
2853 1.1 skrll #else
2854 1.1 skrll else
2855 1.1 skrll {
2856 1.1 skrll int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
2857 1.3 christos lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
2858 1.1 skrll &basereg, NULL, opname);
2859 1.1 skrll }
2860 1.1 skrll #endif
2861 1.1 skrll
2862 1.1 skrll set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2863 1.1 skrll
2864 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
2865 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok)
2866 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2867 1.1 skrll else
2868 1.3 christos #endif
2869 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2870 1.1 skrll
2871 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2872 1.1 skrll
2873 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2874 1.1 skrll {
2875 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2876 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
2877 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2878 1.3 christos insn.nfixups++;
2879 1.3 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2880 1.3 christos }
2881 1.3 christos
2882 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2883 1.3 christos if (alpha_flag_replace
2884 1.3 christos && r == AXP_REG_RA
2885 1.3 christos && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
2886 1.3 christos && alpha_linkage_symbol)
2887 1.4 christos {
2888 1.3 christos /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'. */
2889 1.3 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
2890 1.3 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2891 1.3 christos char *ensymname;
2892 1.3 christos
2893 1.3 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
2894 1.3 christos ensymname = (char *) alloca (symlen + 5);
2895 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
2896 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
2897 1.3 christos
2898 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2899 1.3 christos if (insn.nfixups > 0)
2900 1.3 christos {
2901 1.3 christos memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
2902 1.3 christos sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
2903 1.3 christos }
2904 1.3 christos
2905 1.3 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
2906 1.3 christos case in load_expression. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
2907 1.3 christos Linker Utility Manual. */
2908 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
2909 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
2910 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
2911 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
2912 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
2913 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
2914 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2915 1.1 skrll alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
2916 1.1 skrll }
2917 1.1 skrll #endif
2918 1.1 skrll
2919 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2920 1.1 skrll }
2921 1.1 skrll
2922 1.1 skrll /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
2923 1.1 skrll counterparts in that everything can be defaulted. */
2924 1.1 skrll
2925 1.1 skrll static void
2926 1.1 skrll emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
2927 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2928 1.1 skrll const void * vopname)
2929 1.1 skrll {
2930 1.1 skrll const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2931 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2932 1.1 skrll int r, tokidx = 0;
2933 1.1 skrll
2934 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2935 1.1 skrll r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2936 1.1 skrll else
2937 1.1 skrll r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
2938 1.1 skrll
2939 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2940 1.1 skrll
2941 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok &&
2942 1.1 skrll (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2943 1.1 skrll r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2944 1.1 skrll else
2945 1.1 skrll r = AXP_REG_RA;
2946 1.1 skrll
2947 1.1 skrll set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2948 1.1 skrll
2949 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok)
2950 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2951 1.1 skrll else
2952 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
2953 1.3 christos
2954 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
2955 1.1 skrll }
2956 1.1 skrll
2957 1.1 skrll /* Implement the ldgp macro. */
2958 1.1 skrll
2959 1.1 skrll static void
2960 1.1 skrll emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2961 1.1 skrll int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2962 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2963 1.1 skrll {
2964 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2965 1.1 skrll FIXME
2966 1.1 skrll #endif
2967 1.1 skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2968 1.1 skrll /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
2969 1.1 skrll with appropriate constants and relocations. */
2970 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2971 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2972 1.1 skrll expressionS addend;
2973 1.1 skrll
2974 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2975 1.1 skrll if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
2976 1.1 skrll ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
2977 1.1 skrll #endif
2978 1.1 skrll
2979 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
2980 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2981 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[2];
2982 1.1 skrll
2983 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
2984 1.1 skrll
2985 1.1 skrll addend = tok[1];
2986 1.1 skrll
2987 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2988 1.1 skrll if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
2989 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
2990 1.1 skrll addend.X_op = O_symbol;
2991 1.1 skrll addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
2992 1.1 skrll #endif
2993 1.1 skrll
2994 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups = 1;
2995 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
2996 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2997 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
2998 1.1 skrll
2999 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
3000 1.1 skrll
3001 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
3002 1.1 skrll
3003 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
3004 1.1 skrll
3005 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3006 1.1 skrll addend.X_add_number += 4;
3007 1.1 skrll #endif
3008 1.1 skrll
3009 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups = 1;
3010 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
3011 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
3012 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
3013 1.1 skrll
3014 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
3015 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
3016 1.1 skrll }
3017 1.1 skrll
3018 1.1 skrll /* The macro table. */
3019 1.1 skrll
3020 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
3021 1.1 skrll {
3022 1.1 skrll /* Load/Store macros. */
3023 1.1 skrll { "lda", emit_lda, NULL,
3024 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3025 1.1 skrll { "ldah", emit_ldah, NULL,
3026 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3027 1.1 skrll
3028 1.1 skrll { "ldl", emit_ir_load, "ldl",
3029 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3030 1.1 skrll { "ldl_l", emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
3031 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3032 1.1 skrll { "ldq", emit_ir_load, "ldq",
3033 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3034 1.1 skrll { "ldq_l", emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
3035 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3036 1.1 skrll { "ldq_u", emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
3037 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3038 1.1 skrll { "ldf", emit_loadstore, "ldf",
3039 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3040 1.1 skrll { "ldg", emit_loadstore, "ldg",
3041 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3042 1.1 skrll { "lds", emit_loadstore, "lds",
3043 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3044 1.1 skrll { "ldt", emit_loadstore, "ldt",
3045 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3046 1.1 skrll
3047 1.1 skrll { "ldb", emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
3048 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3049 1.1 skrll { "ldbu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
3050 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3051 1.1 skrll { "ldw", emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
3052 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3053 1.1 skrll { "ldwu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
3054 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3055 1.1 skrll
3056 1.1 skrll { "uldw", emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
3057 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3058 1.1 skrll { "uldwu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
3059 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3060 1.1 skrll { "uldl", emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
3061 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3062 1.1 skrll { "uldlu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
3063 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3064 1.1 skrll { "uldq", emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
3065 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3066 1.1 skrll
3067 1.1 skrll { "ldgp", emit_ldgp, NULL,
3068 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3069 1.1 skrll
3070 1.1 skrll { "ldi", emit_lda, NULL,
3071 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3072 1.1 skrll { "ldil", emit_ldil, NULL,
3073 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3074 1.1 skrll { "ldiq", emit_lda, NULL,
3075 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3076 1.1 skrll
3077 1.1 skrll { "stl", emit_loadstore, "stl",
3078 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3079 1.1 skrll { "stl_c", emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
3080 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3081 1.1 skrll { "stq", emit_loadstore, "stq",
3082 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3083 1.1 skrll { "stq_c", emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
3084 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3085 1.1 skrll { "stq_u", emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
3086 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3087 1.1 skrll { "stf", emit_loadstore, "stf",
3088 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3089 1.1 skrll { "stg", emit_loadstore, "stg",
3090 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3091 1.1 skrll { "sts", emit_loadstore, "sts",
3092 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3093 1.1 skrll { "stt", emit_loadstore, "stt",
3094 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3095 1.1 skrll
3096 1.1 skrll { "stb", emit_stX, (void *) 0,
3097 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3098 1.1 skrll { "stw", emit_stX, (void *) 1,
3099 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3100 1.1 skrll { "ustw", emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
3101 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3102 1.1 skrll { "ustl", emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
3103 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3104 1.1 skrll { "ustq", emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
3105 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3106 1.1 skrll
3107 1.1 skrll /* Arithmetic macros. */
3108 1.1 skrll
3109 1.1 skrll { "sextb", emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
3110 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3111 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3112 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3113 1.1 skrll { "sextw", emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
3114 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3115 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3116 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3117 1.1 skrll
3118 1.1 skrll { "divl", emit_division, "__divl",
3119 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3120 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3121 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3122 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3123 1.1 skrll { "divlu", emit_division, "__divlu",
3124 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3125 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3126 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3127 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3128 1.1 skrll { "divq", emit_division, "__divq",
3129 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3130 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3131 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3132 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3133 1.1 skrll { "divqu", emit_division, "__divqu",
3134 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3135 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3136 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3137 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3138 1.1 skrll { "reml", emit_division, "__reml",
3139 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3140 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3141 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3142 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3143 1.1 skrll { "remlu", emit_division, "__remlu",
3144 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3145 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3146 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3147 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3148 1.1 skrll { "remq", emit_division, "__remq",
3149 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3150 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3151 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3152 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3153 1.1 skrll { "remqu", emit_division, "__remqu",
3154 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3155 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3156 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3157 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3158 1.1 skrll
3159 1.1 skrll { "jsr", emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
3160 1.1 skrll { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3161 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3162 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3163 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3164 1.1 skrll { "jmp", emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
3165 1.1 skrll { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3166 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3167 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3168 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3169 1.1 skrll { "ret", emit_retjcr, "ret",
3170 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3171 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3172 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3173 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3174 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3175 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA } },
3176 1.1 skrll { "jcr", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3177 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3178 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3179 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3180 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3181 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3182 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA } },
3183 1.1 skrll { "jsr_coroutine", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3184 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3185 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3186 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3187 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3188 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3189 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA } },
3190 1.1 skrll };
3191 1.1 skrll
3192 1.1 skrll static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
3193 1.1 skrll = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
3194 1.1 skrll
3195 1.1 skrll /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
3196 1.1 skrll match. */
3197 1.1 skrll
3198 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_macro *
3199 1.1 skrll find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
3200 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
3201 1.1 skrll int *pntok)
3202 1.1 skrll
3203 1.1 skrll {
3204 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
3205 1.1 skrll int ntok = *pntok;
3206 1.1 skrll
3207 1.1 skrll do
3208 1.1 skrll {
3209 1.1 skrll const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
3210 1.1 skrll int tokidx = 0;
3211 1.1 skrll
3212 1.1 skrll while (*arg)
3213 1.1 skrll {
3214 1.1 skrll switch (*arg)
3215 1.1 skrll {
3216 1.1 skrll case MACRO_EOA:
3217 1.1 skrll if (tokidx == ntok)
3218 1.1 skrll return macro;
3219 1.1 skrll else
3220 1.1 skrll tokidx = 0;
3221 1.1 skrll break;
3222 1.1 skrll
3223 1.1 skrll /* Index register. */
3224 1.1 skrll case MACRO_IR:
3225 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3226 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3227 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3228 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3229 1.1 skrll break;
3230 1.1 skrll
3231 1.1 skrll /* Parenthesized index register. */
3232 1.1 skrll case MACRO_PIR:
3233 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
3234 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3235 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3236 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3237 1.1 skrll break;
3238 1.1 skrll
3239 1.1 skrll /* Optional parenthesized index register. */
3240 1.1 skrll case MACRO_OPIR:
3241 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
3242 1.1 skrll && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3243 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3244 1.1 skrll break;
3245 1.1 skrll
3246 1.1 skrll /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register. */
3247 1.1 skrll case MACRO_CPIR:
3248 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
3249 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3250 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3251 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3252 1.1 skrll break;
3253 1.1 skrll
3254 1.1 skrll /* Floating point register. */
3255 1.1 skrll case MACRO_FPR:
3256 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3257 1.1 skrll || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3258 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3259 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3260 1.1 skrll break;
3261 1.1 skrll
3262 1.1 skrll /* Normal expression. */
3263 1.1 skrll case MACRO_EXP:
3264 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok)
3265 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3266 1.1 skrll switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
3267 1.1 skrll {
3268 1.1 skrll case O_illegal:
3269 1.1 skrll case O_absent:
3270 1.1 skrll case O_register:
3271 1.1 skrll case O_pregister:
3272 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister:
3273 1.1 skrll case O_literal:
3274 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_base:
3275 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_bytoff:
3276 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_jsr:
3277 1.1 skrll case O_gpdisp:
3278 1.1 skrll case O_gprelhigh:
3279 1.1 skrll case O_gprellow:
3280 1.1 skrll case O_gprel:
3281 1.1 skrll case O_samegp:
3282 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3283 1.1 skrll
3284 1.1 skrll default:
3285 1.1 skrll break;
3286 1.1 skrll }
3287 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3288 1.1 skrll break;
3289 1.1 skrll
3290 1.1 skrll match_failed:
3291 1.1 skrll while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
3292 1.1 skrll ++arg;
3293 1.1 skrll tokidx = 0;
3294 1.1 skrll break;
3295 1.1 skrll }
3296 1.1 skrll ++arg;
3297 1.1 skrll }
3298 1.1 skrll }
3299 1.1 skrll while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
3300 1.1 skrll && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
3301 1.1 skrll
3302 1.1 skrll return NULL;
3303 1.1 skrll }
3304 1.1 skrll
3305 1.1 skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
3306 1.1 skrll opcode all the way through emission. */
3307 1.1 skrll
3308 1.1 skrll static void
3309 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
3310 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
3311 1.3 christos int ntok,
3312 1.1 skrll int local_macros_on)
3313 1.1 skrll {
3314 1.1 skrll int found_something = 0;
3315 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
3316 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_macro *macro;
3317 1.1 skrll int cpumatch = 1;
3318 1.1 skrll extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3319 1.1 skrll
3320 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
3321 1.1 skrll /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro. */
3322 1.1 skrll if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
3323 1.1 skrll {
3324 1.1 skrll reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
3325 1.1 skrll ntok--;
3326 1.1 skrll }
3327 1.1 skrll else
3328 1.1 skrll #endif
3329 1.1 skrll if (local_macros_on)
3330 1.1 skrll {
3331 1.1 skrll macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *)
3332 1.1 skrll hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname));
3333 1.1 skrll if (macro)
3334 1.1 skrll {
3335 1.1 skrll found_something = 1;
3336 1.1 skrll macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
3337 1.1 skrll if (macro)
3338 1.1 skrll {
3339 1.1 skrll (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
3340 1.1 skrll return;
3341 1.1 skrll }
3342 1.1 skrll }
3343 1.1 skrll }
3344 1.1 skrll
3345 1.1 skrll /* Search opcodes. */
3346 1.1 skrll opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
3347 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
3348 1.1 skrll {
3349 1.1 skrll found_something = 1;
3350 1.1 skrll opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
3351 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
3352 1.1 skrll {
3353 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
3354 1.1 skrll assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
3355 1.1 skrll
3356 1.1 skrll /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token. */
3357 1.1 skrll if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
3358 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
3359 1.1 skrll
3360 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
3361 1.1 skrll return;
3362 1.1 skrll }
3363 1.1 skrll }
3364 1.1 skrll
3365 1.1 skrll if (found_something)
3366 1.1 skrll {
3367 1.1 skrll if (cpumatch)
3368 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
3369 1.1 skrll else
3370 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
3371 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name);
3372 1.4 christos }
3373 1.4 christos else
3374 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
3375 1.1 skrll }
3376 1.1 skrll
3377 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3379 1.1 skrll
3380 1.4 christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
3381 1.1 skrll Return offset from curent procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
3382 1.1 skrll
3383 1.1 skrll Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit. */
3384 1.1 skrll
3385 1.1 skrll static symbolS *
3386 1.3 christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
3387 1.3 christos {
3388 1.3 christos symbolS *basesym;
3389 1.4 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
3390 1.1 skrll int current_subsec = now_subseg;
3391 1.1 skrll char *p;
3392 1.1 skrll segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
3393 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp;
3394 1.1 skrll symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
3395 1.1 skrll expressionS e;
3396 1.1 skrll
3397 1.1 skrll basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
3398 1.3 christos
3399 1.1 skrll /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
3400 1.3 christos size... Probably correct, but unwise to rely on. */
3401 1.3 christos /* This must always be called with the same subsegment. */
3402 1.3 christos
3403 1.3 christos if (seginfo->frchainP)
3404 1.3 christos for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
3405 1.3 christos fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
3406 1.1 skrll fixp = fixp->fx_next)
3407 1.1 skrll {
3408 1.4 christos if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
3409 1.1 skrll && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
3410 1.3 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
3411 1.3 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
3412 1.1 skrll && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym->sy_value.X_op_symbol == basesym)
3413 1.1 skrll return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
3414 1.1 skrll }
3415 1.4 christos
3416 1.3 christos /* Not found, add a new entry. */
3417 1.3 christos subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
3418 1.3 christos linksym = symbol_new
3419 1.3 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
3420 1.3 christos p = frag_more (8);
3421 1.3 christos memset (p, 0, 8);
3422 1.4 christos
3423 1.3 christos /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry). */
3424 1.4 christos e.X_op = O_subtract;
3425 1.3 christos e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
3426 1.3 christos e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
3427 1.1 skrll e.X_add_number = 0;
3428 1.1 skrll expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
3429 1.4 christos
3430 1.4 christos /* Create a fixup for the entry. */
3431 1.3 christos fixp = fix_new
3432 1.1 skrll (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
3433 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
3434 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
3435 1.1 skrll
3436 1.1 skrll subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
3437 1.1 skrll
3438 1.1 skrll /* Return the symbol. */
3439 1.1 skrll return expsym;
3440 1.1 skrll }
3441 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
3442 1.1 skrll
3443 1.1 skrll /* Assembler directives. */
3445 1.1 skrll
3446 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .text pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3447 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3448 1.3 christos
3449 1.3 christos static void
3450 1.3 christos s_alpha_text (int i)
3451 1.3 christos {
3452 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3453 1.3 christos obj_elf_text (i);
3454 1.3 christos #else
3455 1.3 christos s_text (i);
3456 1.3 christos #endif
3457 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3458 1.3 christos {
3459 1.3 christos symbolS * symbolP;
3460 1.3 christos
3461 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
3462 1.1 skrll if (symbolP == NULL)
3463 1.1 skrll {
3464 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
3465 1.1 skrll S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
3466 1.1 skrll symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
3467 1.1 skrll }
3468 1.1 skrll }
3469 1.1 skrll #endif
3470 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3471 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3472 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3473 1.1 skrll }
3474 1.1 skrll
3475 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .data pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3476 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3477 1.1 skrll
3478 1.1 skrll static void
3479 1.1 skrll s_alpha_data (int i)
3480 1.1 skrll {
3481 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3482 1.1 skrll obj_elf_data (i);
3483 1.1 skrll #else
3484 1.3 christos s_data (i);
3485 1.1 skrll #endif
3486 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3487 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3488 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3489 1.1 skrll }
3490 1.1 skrll
3491 1.1 skrll #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
3492 1.3 christos
3493 1.1 skrll /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks. */
3494 1.1 skrll
3495 1.3 christos static void
3496 1.3 christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3497 1.1 skrll {
3498 1.1 skrll char *name;
3499 1.1 skrll char c;
3500 1.1 skrll char *p;
3501 1.1 skrll offsetT size;
3502 1.1 skrll symbolS *symbolP;
3503 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3504 1.1 skrll offsetT temp;
3505 1.1 skrll int log_align = 0;
3506 1.1 skrll #endif
3507 1.1 skrll
3508 1.1 skrll name = input_line_pointer;
3509 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_end ();
3510 1.1 skrll
3511 1.1 skrll /* Just after name is now '\0'. */
3512 1.1 skrll p = input_line_pointer;
3513 1.1 skrll *p = c;
3514 1.3 christos
3515 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3516 1.3 christos
3517 1.1 skrll /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does. */
3518 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3519 1.1 skrll {
3520 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
3521 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3522 1.1 skrll }
3523 1.3 christos if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
3524 1.3 christos {
3525 1.3 christos as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
3526 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3527 1.3 christos return;
3528 1.3 christos }
3529 1.3 christos
3530 1.3 christos *p = 0;
3531 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3532 1.1 skrll *p = c;
3533 1.3 christos
3534 1.3 christos if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
3535 1.3 christos {
3536 1.3 christos as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
3537 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3538 1.3 christos return;
3539 1.3 christos }
3540 1.3 christos
3541 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3542 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
3543 1.3 christos temp = 8; /* Default alignment. */
3544 1.3 christos else
3545 1.1 skrll {
3546 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
3547 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3548 1.3 christos temp = get_absolute_expression ();
3549 1.3 christos }
3550 1.3 christos
3551 1.1 skrll /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units. */
3552 1.3 christos while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
3553 1.3 christos ++log_align;
3554 1.3 christos
3555 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3556 1.3 christos {
3557 1.3 christos /* Extended form of the directive
3558 1.3 christos
3559 1.3 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
3560 1.3 christos
3561 1.3 christos where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
3562 1.1 skrll The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name. */
3563 1.3 christos
3564 1.3 christos segT sec;
3565 1.3 christos char *sec_name;
3566 1.3 christos symbolS *sec_symbol;
3567 1.3 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3568 1.3 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3569 1.3 christos int cur_size;
3570 1.3 christos
3571 1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
3572 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3573 1.3 christos sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
3574 1.3 christos sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
3575 1.3 christos sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
3576 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
3577 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
3578 1.3 christos bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
3579 1.3 christos EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
3580 1.3 christos record_alignment (sec, log_align);
3581 1.3 christos
3582 1.3 christos /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section. */
3583 1.3 christos cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
3584 1.3 christos if ((int) size > cur_size)
3585 1.3 christos {
3586 1.3 christos char *pfrag
3587 1.1 skrll = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
3588 1.3 christos (valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
3589 1.3 christos *pfrag = 0;
3590 1.3 christos seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
3591 1.3 christos }
3592 1.3 christos
3593 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
3594 1.3 christos
3595 1.3 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3596 1.3 christos }
3597 1.3 christos else
3598 1.3 christos {
3599 1.3 christos /* Regular form of the directive
3600 1.3 christos
3601 1.3 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment
3602 1.3 christos
3603 1.3 christos where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
3604 1.3 christos These symbols are assembled in the .bss section. */
3605 1.4 christos
3606 1.3 christos char *pfrag;
3607 1.3 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3608 1.3 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3609 1.1 skrll
3610 1.3 christos subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
3611 1.1 skrll frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
3612 1.3 christos record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
3613 1.1 skrll
3614 1.3 christos symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
3615 1.3 christos pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
3616 1.1 skrll size, NULL);
3617 1.1 skrll *pfrag = 0;
3618 1.3 christos
3619 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
3620 1.3 christos
3621 1.3 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3622 1.3 christos }
3623 1.1 skrll #endif
3624 1.1 skrll
3625 1.1 skrll if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
3626 1.3 christos {
3627 1.3 christos if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
3628 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
3629 1.1 skrll S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
3630 1.1 skrll (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
3631 1.3 christos (long) size);
3632 1.3 christos }
3633 1.3 christos else
3634 1.1 skrll {
3635 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3636 1.1 skrll S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
3637 1.1 skrll #endif
3638 1.1 skrll S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
3639 1.1 skrll }
3640 1.1 skrll
3641 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3642 1.1 skrll know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
3643 1.1 skrll #endif
3644 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3645 1.1 skrll }
3646 1.1 skrll
3647 1.1 skrll #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
3648 1.3 christos
3649 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3650 1.1 skrll
3651 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3652 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3653 1.1 skrll
3654 1.1 skrll static void
3655 1.1 skrll s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3656 1.1 skrll {
3657 1.1 skrll get_absolute_expression ();
3658 1.1 skrll subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
3659 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3660 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3661 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3662 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3663 1.1 skrll }
3664 1.1 skrll
3665 1.1 skrll #endif
3666 1.3 christos
3667 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3668 1.1 skrll
3669 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3670 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3671 1.1 skrll
3672 1.1 skrll static void
3673 1.1 skrll s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3674 1.1 skrll {
3675 1.1 skrll get_absolute_expression ();
3676 1.1 skrll subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
3677 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3678 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3679 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3680 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3681 1.1 skrll }
3682 1.1 skrll #endif
3683 1.1 skrll
3684 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3685 1.1 skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data
3686 1.1 skrll {
3687 1.1 skrll symbolS *func_sym;
3688 1.1 skrll symbolS *func_end_sym;
3689 1.1 skrll symbolS *prologue_sym;
3690 1.1 skrll unsigned int mask;
3691 1.1 skrll unsigned int fmask;
3692 1.1 skrll int fp_regno;
3693 1.1 skrll int ra_regno;
3694 1.1 skrll offsetT frame_size;
3695 1.1 skrll offsetT mask_offset;
3696 1.1 skrll offsetT fmask_offset;
3697 1.1 skrll
3698 1.1 skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
3699 1.1 skrll };
3700 1.1 skrll
3701 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
3702 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
3703 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
3704 1.1 skrll
3705 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .section pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3706 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3707 1.1 skrll
3708 1.1 skrll static void
3709 1.1 skrll s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3710 1.1 skrll {
3711 1.1 skrll obj_elf_section (ignore);
3712 1.1 skrll
3713 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3714 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3715 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3716 1.1 skrll }
3717 1.1 skrll
3718 1.1 skrll static void
3719 1.1 skrll s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3720 1.1 skrll {
3721 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3722 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_ent (0);
3723 1.1 skrll else
3724 1.1 skrll {
3725 1.1 skrll char *name, name_end;
3726 1.1 skrll name = input_line_pointer;
3727 1.1 skrll name_end = get_symbol_end ();
3728 1.1 skrll
3729 1.1 skrll if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3730 1.1 skrll {
3731 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
3732 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = name_end;
3733 1.1 skrll }
3734 1.1 skrll else
3735 1.3 christos {
3736 1.3 christos symbolS *sym;
3737 1.1 skrll
3738 1.1 skrll if (cur_frame_data)
3739 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
3740 1.1 skrll
3741 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3742 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
3743 1.1 skrll
3744 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data = (struct alpha_elf_frame_data *)
3745 1.1 skrll calloc (1, sizeof (*cur_frame_data));
3746 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
3747 1.1 skrll
3748 1.1 skrll /* Provide sensible defaults. */
3749 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30; /* sp */
3750 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26; /* ra */
3751 1.1 skrll
3752 1.1 skrll *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
3753 1.1 skrll plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
3754 1.1 skrll
3755 1.1 skrll /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number. Not sure
3756 1.1 skrll what it really means, but ignore it. */
3757 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = name_end;
3758 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3759 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3760 1.1 skrll {
3761 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
3762 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3763 1.1 skrll }
3764 1.1 skrll if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
3765 1.1 skrll (void) get_absolute_expression ();
3766 1.1 skrll }
3767 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3768 1.1 skrll }
3769 1.1 skrll }
3770 1.1 skrll
3771 1.1 skrll static void
3772 1.1 skrll s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3773 1.1 skrll {
3774 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3775 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_end (0);
3776 1.1 skrll else
3777 1.1 skrll {
3778 1.1 skrll char *name, name_end;
3779 1.1 skrll name = input_line_pointer;
3780 1.1 skrll name_end = get_symbol_end ();
3781 1.1 skrll
3782 1.1 skrll if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3783 1.1 skrll {
3784 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
3785 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = name_end;
3786 1.1 skrll }
3787 1.1 skrll else
3788 1.1 skrll {
3789 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
3790 1.1 skrll
3791 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find (name);
3792 1.3 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3793 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
3794 1.1 skrll else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
3795 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
3796 1.1 skrll
3797 1.1 skrll /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function. */
3798 1.1 skrll if (sym && cur_frame_data)
3799 1.1 skrll {
3800 1.1 skrll OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
3801 1.1 skrll expressionS *exp = (expressionS *) xmalloc (sizeof (expressionS));
3802 1.1 skrll
3803 1.1 skrll obj->size = exp;
3804 1.1 skrll exp->X_op = O_subtract;
3805 1.1 skrll exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3806 1.1 skrll exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
3807 1.1 skrll exp->X_add_number = 0;
3808 1.1 skrll
3809 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
3810 1.1 skrll }
3811 1.1 skrll
3812 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data = NULL;
3813 1.1 skrll
3814 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = name_end;
3815 1.1 skrll }
3816 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3817 1.1 skrll }
3818 1.1 skrll }
3819 1.1 skrll
3820 1.1 skrll static void
3821 1.1 skrll s_alpha_mask (int fp)
3822 1.1 skrll {
3823 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3824 1.1 skrll {
3825 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3826 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
3827 1.1 skrll else
3828 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_mask (0);
3829 1.1 skrll }
3830 1.1 skrll else
3831 1.1 skrll {
3832 1.1 skrll long val;
3833 1.1 skrll offsetT offset;
3834 1.1 skrll
3835 1.1 skrll if (!cur_frame_data)
3836 1.1 skrll {
3837 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3838 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
3839 1.1 skrll else
3840 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
3841 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3842 1.1 skrll return;
3843 1.1 skrll }
3844 1.1 skrll
3845 1.1 skrll if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3846 1.1 skrll {
3847 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3848 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
3849 1.1 skrll else
3850 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
3851 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
3852 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3853 1.1 skrll return;
3854 1.1 skrll }
3855 1.1 skrll
3856 1.1 skrll offset = get_absolute_expression ();
3857 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3858 1.1 skrll
3859 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3860 1.1 skrll {
3861 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
3862 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
3863 1.1 skrll }
3864 1.1 skrll else
3865 1.1 skrll {
3866 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->mask = val;
3867 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
3868 1.1 skrll }
3869 1.1 skrll }
3870 1.1 skrll }
3871 1.1 skrll
3872 1.1 skrll static void
3873 1.1 skrll s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3874 1.1 skrll {
3875 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3876 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_frame (0);
3877 1.1 skrll else
3878 1.1 skrll {
3879 1.1 skrll long val;
3880 1.1 skrll
3881 1.1 skrll if (!cur_frame_data)
3882 1.1 skrll {
3883 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
3884 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3885 1.1 skrll return;
3886 1.1 skrll }
3887 1.1 skrll
3888 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
3889 1.1 skrll
3890 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3891 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
3892 1.1 skrll || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3893 1.1 skrll {
3894 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
3895 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
3896 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3897 1.1 skrll return;
3898 1.1 skrll }
3899 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
3900 1.1 skrll
3901 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
3902 1.1 skrll
3903 1.1 skrll /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp". In gcc terms
3904 1.1 skrll this is current_function_pretend_args_size. There's no place
3905 1.1 skrll to put this value, so ignore it. */
3906 1.1 skrll s_ignore (42);
3907 1.1 skrll }
3908 1.1 skrll }
3909 1.3 christos
3910 1.3 christos static void
3911 1.1 skrll s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3912 1.1 skrll {
3913 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
3914 1.1 skrll int arg;
3915 1.1 skrll
3916 1.1 skrll arg = get_absolute_expression ();
3917 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3918 1.1 skrll alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
3919 1.1 skrll (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
3920 1.1 skrll
3921 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3922 1.1 skrll sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
3923 1.1 skrll else
3924 1.1 skrll sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
3925 1.1 skrll
3926 1.1 skrll if (sym == NULL)
3927 1.1 skrll {
3928 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
3929 1.1 skrll return;
3930 1.1 skrll }
3931 1.1 skrll
3932 1.1 skrll switch (arg)
3933 1.1 skrll {
3934 1.1 skrll case 0: /* No PV required. */
3935 1.1 skrll S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
3936 1.1 skrll | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3937 1.1 skrll break;
3938 1.1 skrll case 1: /* Std GP load. */
3939 1.1 skrll S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
3940 1.1 skrll | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3941 1.1 skrll break;
3942 1.1 skrll case 2: /* Non-std use of PV. */
3943 1.1 skrll break;
3944 1.1 skrll
3945 1.1 skrll default:
3946 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
3947 1.1 skrll break;
3948 1.1 skrll }
3949 1.1 skrll
3950 1.1 skrll if (cur_frame_data)
3951 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3952 1.1 skrll }
3953 1.1 skrll
3954 1.1 skrll static char *first_file_directive;
3955 1.1 skrll
3956 1.1 skrll static void
3957 1.1 skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3958 1.1 skrll {
3959 1.1 skrll /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
3960 1.3 christos minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled. */
3961 1.1 skrll if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
3962 1.1 skrll {
3963 1.1 skrll char *start = input_line_pointer;
3964 1.1 skrll size_t len;
3965 1.1 skrll
3966 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3967 1.1 skrll
3968 1.1 skrll len = input_line_pointer - start;
3969 1.1 skrll first_file_directive = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
3970 1.1 skrll memcpy (first_file_directive, start, len);
3971 1.1 skrll first_file_directive[len] = '\0';
3972 1.1 skrll
3973 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = start;
3974 1.1 skrll }
3975 1.1 skrll
3976 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3977 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_file (0);
3978 1.1 skrll else
3979 1.1 skrll dwarf2_directive_file (0);
3980 1.1 skrll }
3981 1.1 skrll
3982 1.1 skrll static void
3983 1.1 skrll s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3984 1.1 skrll {
3985 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3986 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_loc (0);
3987 1.1 skrll else
3988 1.1 skrll dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
3989 1.1 skrll }
3990 1.1 skrll
3991 1.1 skrll static void
3992 1.1 skrll s_alpha_stab (int n)
3993 1.1 skrll {
3994 1.1 skrll /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour. */
3995 1.1 skrll if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
3996 1.1 skrll {
3997 1.1 skrll segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
3998 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
3999 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
4000 1.1 skrll
4001 1.1 skrll ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
4002 1.1 skrll
4003 1.1 skrll if (first_file_directive)
4004 1.1 skrll {
4005 1.1 skrll char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
4006 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
4007 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_file (0);
4008 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
4009 1.1 skrll free (first_file_directive);
4010 1.1 skrll }
4011 1.1 skrll
4012 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
4013 1.1 skrll }
4014 1.1 skrll s_stab (n);
4015 1.1 skrll }
4016 1.1 skrll
4017 1.1 skrll static void
4018 1.1 skrll s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
4019 1.1 skrll {
4020 1.1 skrll static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
4021 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_begin,
4022 1.3 christos ecoff_directive_bend,
4023 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_def,
4024 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_dim,
4025 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_endef,
4026 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_scl,
4027 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_tag,
4028 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_val,
4029 1.1 skrll };
4030 1.1 skrll
4031 1.1 skrll gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
4032 1.1 skrll
4033 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
4034 1.1 skrll (*fns[which]) (0);
4035 1.1 skrll else
4036 1.1 skrll {
4037 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
4038 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4039 1.1 skrll }
4040 1.1 skrll }
4041 1.1 skrll
4042 1.1 skrll /* Called at the end of assembly. Here we emit unwind info for frames
4043 1.1 skrll unless the compiler has done it for us. */
4044 1.1 skrll
4045 1.1 skrll void
4046 1.1 skrll alpha_elf_md_end (void)
4047 1.1 skrll {
4048 1.4 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
4049 1.4 christos
4050 1.4 christos if (cur_frame_data)
4051 1.4 christos as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
4052 1.4 christos
4053 1.4 christos /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great. */
4054 1.4 christos if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
4055 1.4 christos return;
4056 1.1 skrll
4057 1.1 skrll /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
4058 1.1 skrll generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
4059 1.1 skrll Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
4060 1.1 skrll For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives. Note that
4061 1.1 skrll the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet. */
4062 1.1 skrll if (all_fde_data != NULL)
4063 1.1 skrll return;
4064 1.1 skrll
4065 1.1 skrll /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified. */
4066 1.1 skrll for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
4067 1.1 skrll if (p->prologue_sym)
4068 1.1 skrll {
4069 1.1 skrll /* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
4070 1.1 skrll function symbol. This prevents problems with globals. */
4071 1.1 skrll cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
4072 1.1 skrll S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym),
4073 1.1 skrll symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym)));
4074 1.1 skrll
4075 1.1 skrll cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
4076 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4077 1.1 skrll if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
4078 1.1 skrll {
4079 1.1 skrll unsigned int mask;
4080 1.1 skrll offsetT offset;
4081 1.1 skrll
4082 1.1 skrll cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
4083 1.1 skrll
4084 1.1 skrll if (p->fp_regno != 30)
4085 1.1 skrll if (p->frame_size != 0)
4086 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
4087 1.1 skrll else
4088 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
4089 1.1 skrll else if (p->frame_size != 0)
4090 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
4091 1.1 skrll
4092 1.1 skrll mask = p->mask;
4093 1.1 skrll offset = p->mask_offset;
4094 1.1 skrll
4095 1.1 skrll /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first. */
4096 1.1 skrll if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
4097 1.1 skrll {
4098 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
4099 1.1 skrll offset += 8;
4100 1.1 skrll mask &= ~(1 << 26);
4101 1.1 skrll }
4102 1.1 skrll while (mask)
4103 1.1 skrll {
4104 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
4105 1.1 skrll i = mask & -mask;
4106 1.1 skrll mask ^= i;
4107 1.1 skrll i = ffs (i) - 1;
4108 1.1 skrll
4109 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
4110 1.1 skrll offset += 8;
4111 1.1 skrll }
4112 1.1 skrll
4113 1.1 skrll mask = p->fmask;
4114 1.1 skrll offset = p->fmask_offset;
4115 1.1 skrll while (mask)
4116 1.1 skrll {
4117 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
4118 1.1 skrll i = mask & -mask;
4119 1.1 skrll mask ^= i;
4120 1.1 skrll i = ffs (i) - 1;
4121 1.1 skrll
4122 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
4123 1.1 skrll offset += 8;
4124 1.1 skrll }
4125 1.1 skrll }
4126 1.1 skrll
4127 1.1 skrll cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
4128 1.1 skrll }
4129 1.1 skrll }
4130 1.1 skrll
4131 1.1 skrll static void
4132 1.1 skrll s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4133 1.1 skrll {
4134 1.1 skrll char *name, name_end;
4135 1.1 skrll char *which, which_end;
4136 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
4137 1.1 skrll int other;
4138 1.1 skrll
4139 1.1 skrll name = input_line_pointer;
4140 1.1 skrll name_end = get_symbol_end ();
4141 1.1 skrll
4142 1.1 skrll if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4143 1.1 skrll {
4144 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
4145 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = name_end;
4146 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4147 1.1 skrll return;
4148 1.1 skrll }
4149 1.1 skrll
4150 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4151 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer++ = name_end;
4152 1.1 skrll
4153 1.1 skrll if (name_end != ',')
4154 1.1 skrll {
4155 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
4156 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4157 1.1 skrll return;
4158 1.1 skrll }
4159 1.1 skrll
4160 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4161 1.1 skrll which = input_line_pointer;
4162 1.1 skrll which_end = get_symbol_end ();
4163 1.1 skrll
4164 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
4165 1.1 skrll other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
4166 1.1 skrll else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
4167 1.1 skrll other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
4168 1.1 skrll else
4169 1.1 skrll {
4170 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
4171 1.1 skrll other = 0;
4172 1.1 skrll }
4173 1.1 skrll
4174 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = which_end;
4175 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4176 1.1 skrll
4177 1.1 skrll S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
4178 1.1 skrll }
4179 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
4180 1.1 skrll
4181 1.1 skrll /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry. */
4182 1.3 christos
4183 1.3 christos void
4184 1.3 christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
4185 1.3 christos {
4186 1.3 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4187 1.3 christos }
4188 1.3 christos
4189 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
4190 1.3 christos
4191 1.3 christos /* Get name of section. */
4192 1.3 christos static char *
4193 1.3 christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
4194 1.3 christos {
4195 1.3 christos char *name;
4196 1.3 christos
4197 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4198 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
4199 1.3 christos {
4200 1.3 christos int dummy;
4201 1.3 christos
4202 1.3 christos name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
4203 1.3 christos if (name == NULL)
4204 1.3 christos {
4205 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4206 1.3 christos return NULL;
4207 1.3 christos }
4208 1.3 christos }
4209 1.3 christos else
4210 1.3 christos {
4211 1.3 christos char *end = input_line_pointer;
4212 1.3 christos
4213 1.3 christos while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
4214 1.3 christos end++;
4215 1.3 christos if (end == input_line_pointer)
4216 1.3 christos {
4217 1.3 christos as_warn (_("missing name"));
4218 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4219 1.3 christos return NULL;
4220 1.3 christos }
4221 1.3 christos
4222 1.3 christos name = xmalloc (end - input_line_pointer + 1);
4223 1.3 christos memcpy (name, input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
4224 1.3 christos name[end - input_line_pointer] = '\0';
4225 1.3 christos input_line_pointer = end;
4226 1.3 christos }
4227 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4228 1.3 christos return name;
4229 1.3 christos }
4230 1.3 christos
4231 1.3 christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword. The LSBs are flags to be set,
4232 1.3 christos the MSBs are the flags to be cleared. */
4233 1.3 christos
4234 1.3 christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
4235 1.3 christos #define EGPS__V_MASK 0xffff
4236 1.3 christos
4237 1.3 christos /* Parse one VMS section flag. */
4238 1.3 christos
4239 1.3 christos static flagword
4240 1.3 christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
4241 1.3 christos {
4242 1.3 christos int no = 0;
4243 1.3 christos flagword flag = 0;
4244 1.3 christos
4245 1.3 christos if (len == 5 && strncmp (str, "NO", 2) == 0)
4246 1.3 christos {
4247 1.3 christos no = 1;
4248 1.3 christos str += 2;
4249 1.3 christos len -= 2;
4250 1.3 christos }
4251 1.3 christos
4252 1.3 christos if (len == 3)
4253 1.3 christos {
4254 1.3 christos if (strncmp (str, "PIC", 3) == 0)
4255 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
4256 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "LIB", 3) == 0)
4257 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
4258 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "OVR", 3) == 0)
4259 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
4260 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "REL", 3) == 0)
4261 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_REL;
4262 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "GBL", 3) == 0)
4263 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
4264 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "SHR", 3) == 0)
4265 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
4266 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "EXE", 3) == 0)
4267 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
4268 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "WRT", 3) == 0)
4269 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
4270 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "VEC", 3) == 0)
4271 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
4272 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "MOD", 3) == 0)
4273 1.3 christos {
4274 1.3 christos flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4275 1.3 christos no = 0;
4276 1.3 christos }
4277 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "COM", 3) == 0)
4278 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_COM;
4279 1.3 christos }
4280 1.3 christos
4281 1.3 christos if (flag == 0)
4282 1.3 christos {
4283 1.3 christos char c = str[len];
4284 1.3 christos str[len] = 0;
4285 1.3 christos as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
4286 1.3 christos str[len] = c;
4287 1.1 skrll return 0;
4288 1.1 skrll }
4289 1.3 christos
4290 1.3 christos if (no)
4291 1.3 christos return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4292 1.3 christos else
4293 1.3 christos return flag;
4294 1.1 skrll }
4295 1.1 skrll
4296 1.1 skrll /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op. */
4297 1.3 christos
4298 1.3 christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
4299 1.3 christos
4300 1.3 christos static char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
4301 1.1 skrll { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
4302 1.3 christos
4303 1.3 christos static void
4304 1.3 christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
4305 1.3 christos {
4306 1.3 christos char *name, *beg;
4307 1.3 christos segT sec;
4308 1.3 christos flagword vms_flags = 0;
4309 1.3 christos symbolS *symbol;
4310 1.3 christos
4311 1.3 christos if (secid == 0)
4312 1.3 christos {
4313 1.3 christos name = s_alpha_section_name ();
4314 1.3 christos if (name == NULL)
4315 1.3 christos return;
4316 1.3 christos sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
4317 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
4318 1.3 christos {
4319 1.3 christos /* Skip the comma. */
4320 1.3 christos ++input_line_pointer;
4321 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4322 1.3 christos
4323 1.3 christos do
4324 1.3 christos {
4325 1.3 christos char c;
4326 1.3 christos
4327 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4328 1.3 christos beg = input_line_pointer;
4329 1.3 christos c = get_symbol_end ();
4330 1.3 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
4331 1.3 christos
4332 1.3 christos vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
4333 1.3 christos
4334 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4335 1.3 christos }
4336 1.3 christos while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
4337 1.3 christos --input_line_pointer;
4338 1.3 christos }
4339 1.3 christos
4340 1.1 skrll symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4341 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
4342 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4343 1.1 skrll bfd_vms_set_section_flags
4344 1.3 christos (stdoutput, sec,
4345 1.3 christos (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
4346 1.3 christos vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
4347 1.3 christos }
4348 1.3 christos else
4349 1.3 christos {
4350 1.3 christos get_absolute_expression ();
4351 1.3 christos subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
4352 1.3 christos }
4353 1.3 christos
4354 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4355 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4356 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4357 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
4358 1.1 skrll }
4359 1.1 skrll
4360 1.1 skrll static void
4361 1.1 skrll s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4362 1.1 skrll {
4363 1.1 skrll subseg_new (".literals", 0);
4364 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4365 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4366 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4367 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
4368 1.1 skrll }
4369 1.4 christos
4370 1.4 christos /* Parse .ent directives. */
4371 1.4 christos
4372 1.4 christos static void
4373 1.3 christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4374 1.3 christos {
4375 1.3 christos symbolS *symbol;
4376 1.3 christos expressionS symexpr;
4377 1.3 christos
4378 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
4379 1.3 christos as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
4380 1.3 christos
4381 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
4382 1.3 christos
4383 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
4384 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
4385 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
4386 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
4387 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
4388 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
4389 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
4390 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
4391 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
4392 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
4393 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
4394 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
4395 1.1 skrll
4396 1.1 skrll expression (&symexpr);
4397 1.1 skrll
4398 1.3 christos if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
4399 1.3 christos {
4400 1.3 christos as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
4401 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4402 1.3 christos return;
4403 1.3 christos }
4404 1.3 christos
4405 1.3 christos symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
4406 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4407 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
4408 1.3 christos
4409 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4410 1.3 christos }
4411 1.3 christos
4412 1.3 christos static void
4413 1.1 skrll s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
4414 1.3 christos {
4415 1.3 christos if (is_data)
4416 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
4417 1.3 christos else
4418 1.3 christos {
4419 1.3 christos char *name, name_end;
4420 1.3 christos name = input_line_pointer;
4421 1.3 christos name_end = get_symbol_end ();
4422 1.3 christos
4423 1.3 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4424 1.3 christos {
4425 1.3 christos as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
4426 1.3 christos *input_line_pointer = name_end;
4427 1.3 christos }
4428 1.3 christos else
4429 1.1 skrll {
4430 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
4431 1.1 skrll
4432 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4433 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4434 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
4435 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = name_end;
4436 1.1 skrll }
4437 1.1 skrll }
4438 1.4 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4439 1.1 skrll }
4440 1.3 christos
4441 1.1 skrll /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives. */
4442 1.1 skrll
4443 1.1 skrll static void
4444 1.1 skrll s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4445 1.1 skrll {
4446 1.1 skrll long val;
4447 1.1 skrll int ra;
4448 1.1 skrll
4449 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
4450 1.1 skrll
4451 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4452 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
4453 1.1 skrll || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4454 1.4 christos {
4455 1.4 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
4456 1.4 christos --input_line_pointer;
4457 1.4 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4458 1.1 skrll return;
4459 1.1 skrll }
4460 1.1 skrll
4461 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
4462 1.1 skrll
4463 1.1 skrll ra = tc_get_register (1);
4464 1.1 skrll if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
4465 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
4466 1.3 christos
4467 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4468 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4469 1.3 christos {
4470 1.3 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
4471 1.3 christos --input_line_pointer;
4472 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4473 1.3 christos return;
4474 1.3 christos }
4475 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
4476 1.3 christos }
4477 1.1 skrll
4478 1.1 skrll /* Parse .prologue. */
4479 1.4 christos
4480 1.3 christos static void
4481 1.3 christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4482 1.1 skrll {
4483 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4484 1.1 skrll alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
4485 1.1 skrll (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
4486 1.1 skrll }
4487 1.1 skrll
4488 1.1 skrll /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
4489 1.1 skrll Insert a procedure descriptor. */
4490 1.4 christos
4491 1.4 christos static void
4492 1.1 skrll s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4493 1.4 christos {
4494 1.1 skrll char *name;
4495 1.1 skrll char name_end;
4496 1.1 skrll register char *p;
4497 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4498 1.1 skrll symbolS *entry_sym;
4499 1.1 skrll const char *entry_sym_name;
4500 1.1 skrll const char *pdesc_sym_name;
4501 1.3 christos fixS *fixp;
4502 1.3 christos size_t len;
4503 1.1 skrll
4504 1.4 christos if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4505 1.1 skrll {
4506 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
4507 1.3 christos return;
4508 1.3 christos }
4509 1.4 christos
4510 1.3 christos expression (&exp);
4511 1.4 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4512 1.3 christos {
4513 1.4 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
4514 1.1 skrll return;
4515 1.4 christos }
4516 1.1 skrll
4517 1.1 skrll entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
4518 1.4 christos entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
4519 1.4 christos
4520 1.1 skrll /* Strip "..en". */
4521 1.4 christos len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
4522 1.4 christos if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
4523 1.4 christos {
4524 1.4 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
4525 1.4 christos return;
4526 1.4 christos }
4527 1.4 christos len -= 4;
4528 1.4 christos pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4529 1.1 skrll
4530 1.4 christos if (!alpha_evax_proc
4531 1.4 christos || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
4532 1.3 christos || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
4533 1.3 christos || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
4534 1.3 christos {
4535 1.3 christos as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
4536 1.3 christos return;
4537 1.3 christos }
4538 1.1 skrll
4539 1.1 skrll /* Define pdesc symbol. */
4540 1.1 skrll symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4541 1.1 skrll
4542 1.1 skrll /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol. */
4543 1.1 skrll ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
4544 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
4545 1.1 skrll = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
4546 1.1 skrll
4547 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4548 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4549 1.1 skrll {
4550 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
4551 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4552 1.1 skrll return;
4553 1.1 skrll }
4554 1.3 christos
4555 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4556 1.1 skrll name = input_line_pointer;
4557 1.3 christos name_end = get_symbol_end ();
4558 1.1 skrll
4559 1.1 skrll if (strncmp (name, "stack", 5) == 0)
4560 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
4561 1.1 skrll
4562 1.1 skrll else if (strncmp (name, "reg", 3) == 0)
4563 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
4564 1.1 skrll
4565 1.1 skrll else if (strncmp (name, "null", 4) == 0)
4566 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
4567 1.1 skrll
4568 1.1 skrll else
4569 1.1 skrll {
4570 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
4571 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4572 1.1 skrll return;
4573 1.1 skrll }
4574 1.1 skrll
4575 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = name_end;
4576 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4577 1.1 skrll
4578 1.3 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4579 1.3 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4580 1.3 christos #endif
4581 1.3 christos
4582 1.1 skrll frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4583 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (16);
4584 1.3 christos fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
4585 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_done = 1;
4586 1.1 skrll
4587 1.1 skrll *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
4588 1.1 skrll | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
4589 1.1 skrll | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
4590 1.1 skrll | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
4591 1.3 christos *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
4592 1.3 christos
4593 1.1 skrll switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
4594 1.1 skrll {
4595 1.3 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
4596 1.1 skrll *(p + 2) = 0;
4597 1.1 skrll *(p + 3) = 0;
4598 1.1 skrll break;
4599 1.1 skrll case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
4600 1.1 skrll *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
4601 1.1 skrll *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
4602 1.3 christos break;
4603 1.1 skrll case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
4604 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
4605 1.1 skrll break;
4606 1.1 skrll default: /* impossible */
4607 1.4 christos break;
4608 1.4 christos }
4609 1.1 skrll
4610 1.3 christos *(p + 4) = 0;
4611 1.1 skrll *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
4612 1.1 skrll
4613 1.4 christos /* Signature offset. */
4614 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
4615 1.3 christos
4616 1.1 skrll fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
4617 1.1 skrll 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4618 1.1 skrll
4619 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
4620 1.3 christos return;
4621 1.3 christos
4622 1.3 christos /* pdesc+16: Size. */
4623 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (6);
4624 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
4625 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
4626 1.1 skrll
4627 1.4 christos /* Entry length. */
4628 1.1 skrll exp.X_op = O_subtract;
4629 1.3 christos exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
4630 1.3 christos exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
4631 1.3 christos emit_expr (&exp, 2);
4632 1.3 christos
4633 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
4634 1.3 christos return;
4635 1.3 christos
4636 1.3 christos /* pdesc+24: register masks. */
4637 1.3 christos p = frag_more (8);
4638 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
4639 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
4640 1.3 christos
4641 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
4642 1.3 christos {
4643 1.3 christos p = frag_more (8);
4644 1.1 skrll fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
4645 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4646 1.1 skrll }
4647 1.1 skrll
4648 1.1 skrll if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
4649 1.1 skrll {
4650 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (8);
4651 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
4652 1.1 skrll }
4653 1.1 skrll }
4654 1.1 skrll
4655 1.1 skrll /* Support for crash debug on vms. */
4656 1.1 skrll
4657 1.1 skrll static void
4658 1.1 skrll s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4659 1.1 skrll {
4660 1.1 skrll char *p;
4661 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4662 1.1 skrll
4663 1.1 skrll if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4664 1.1 skrll {
4665 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
4666 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4667 1.1 skrll return;
4668 1.1 skrll }
4669 1.1 skrll
4670 1.1 skrll expression (&exp);
4671 1.1 skrll if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4672 1.1 skrll {
4673 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
4674 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4675 1.1 skrll return;
4676 1.1 skrll }
4677 1.1 skrll
4678 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4679 1.1 skrll
4680 1.1 skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4681 1.3 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4682 1.3 christos #endif
4683 1.3 christos
4684 1.1 skrll frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4685 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (8);
4686 1.1 skrll
4687 1.1 skrll fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4688 1.1 skrll }
4689 1.3 christos
4690 1.1 skrll /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
4691 1.1 skrll Create a linkage pair relocation. */
4692 1.1 skrll
4693 1.1 skrll static void
4694 1.1 skrll s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4695 1.1 skrll {
4696 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4697 1.1 skrll char *p;
4698 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp;
4699 1.1 skrll
4700 1.1 skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4701 1.1 skrll md_flush_pending_output ();
4702 1.3 christos #endif
4703 1.3 christos
4704 1.1 skrll expression (&exp);
4705 1.1 skrll if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4706 1.3 christos {
4707 1.4 christos as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
4708 1.3 christos }
4709 1.3 christos else
4710 1.4 christos {
4711 1.4 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
4712 1.4 christos
4713 1.4 christos p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4714 1.4 christos memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4715 1.3 christos fixp = fix_new_exp
4716 1.3 christos (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
4717 1.3 christos BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
4718 1.4 christos
4719 1.3 christos if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
4720 1.3 christos alpha_insn_label = symbol_new
4721 1.4 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
4722 1.4 christos
4723 1.4 christos /* Create a linkage element. */
4724 1.3 christos linkage_fixup = (struct alpha_linkage_fixups *)
4725 1.4 christos xmalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_linkage_fixups));
4726 1.4 christos linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
4727 1.1 skrll linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
4728 1.1 skrll linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
4729 1.1 skrll
4730 1.1 skrll /* Append it to the list. */
4731 1.3 christos if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
4732 1.3 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
4733 1.3 christos else
4734 1.1 skrll alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
4735 1.1 skrll alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
4736 1.1 skrll }
4737 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4738 1.1 skrll }
4739 1.1 skrll
4740 1.1 skrll /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
4741 1.1 skrll Create a code address relocation. */
4742 1.1 skrll
4743 1.1 skrll static void
4744 1.1 skrll s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4745 1.1 skrll {
4746 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4747 1.1 skrll char *p;
4748 1.1 skrll
4749 1.1 skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4750 1.1 skrll md_flush_pending_output ();
4751 1.1 skrll #endif
4752 1.1 skrll
4753 1.1 skrll expression (&exp);
4754 1.1 skrll if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4755 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
4756 1.1 skrll else
4757 1.1 skrll {
4758 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (8);
4759 1.1 skrll memset (p, 0, 8);
4760 1.3 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
4761 1.1 skrll BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
4762 1.1 skrll }
4763 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4764 1.1 skrll }
4765 1.1 skrll
4766 1.1 skrll static void
4767 1.1 skrll s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4768 1.1 skrll {
4769 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
4770 1.1 skrll
4771 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4772 1.1 skrll }
4773 1.1 skrll
4774 1.1 skrll static void
4775 1.1 skrll s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4776 1.1 skrll {
4777 1.3 christos long val;
4778 1.1 skrll
4779 1.1 skrll if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4780 1.1 skrll {
4781 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
4782 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
4783 1.1 skrll }
4784 1.1 skrll else
4785 1.1 skrll {
4786 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
4787 1.1 skrll (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4788 1.1 skrll }
4789 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4790 1.1 skrll }
4791 1.1 skrll
4792 1.1 skrll static void
4793 1.1 skrll s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4794 1.1 skrll {
4795 1.3 christos long val;
4796 1.1 skrll
4797 1.1 skrll if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4798 1.1 skrll {
4799 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
4800 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
4801 1.1 skrll }
4802 1.1 skrll else
4803 1.1 skrll {
4804 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
4805 1.1 skrll (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4806 1.1 skrll }
4807 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4808 1.1 skrll }
4809 1.4 christos
4810 1.1 skrll static void
4811 1.1 skrll s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4812 1.1 skrll {
4813 1.1 skrll char c;
4814 1.1 skrll
4815 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_end ();
4816 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = c;
4817 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4818 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
4819 1.1 skrll }
4820 1.1 skrll
4821 1.1 skrll static void
4822 1.1 skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4823 1.1 skrll {
4824 1.1 skrll symbolS *s;
4825 1.1 skrll int length;
4826 1.1 skrll static char case_hack[32];
4827 1.1 skrll
4828 1.1 skrll sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
4829 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
4830 1.1 skrll
4831 1.1 skrll s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
4832 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4833 1.1 skrll
4834 1.1 skrll get_absolute_expression ();
4835 1.1 skrll s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
4836 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4837 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4838 1.1 skrll }
4839 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
4840 1.1 skrll
4841 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op. */
4842 1.1 skrll
4843 1.1 skrll static void
4844 1.1 skrll s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4845 1.1 skrll {
4846 1.1 skrll expressionS e;
4847 1.1 skrll char *p;
4848 1.1 skrll
4849 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4850 1.1 skrll expression (&e);
4851 1.1 skrll
4852 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4853 1.1 skrll switch (e.X_op)
4854 1.1 skrll {
4855 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
4856 1.1 skrll e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4857 1.1 skrll e.X_op = O_symbol;
4858 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
4859 1.1 skrll case O_symbol:
4860 1.1 skrll break;
4861 1.1 skrll default:
4862 1.1 skrll abort ();
4863 1.1 skrll }
4864 1.1 skrll #else
4865 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
4866 1.1 skrll switch (e.X_op)
4867 1.1 skrll {
4868 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
4869 1.1 skrll e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4870 1.1 skrll /* fall through */
4871 1.1 skrll case O_symbol:
4872 1.1 skrll e.X_op = O_subtract;
4873 1.1 skrll e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
4874 1.1 skrll break;
4875 1.1 skrll default:
4876 1.1 skrll abort ();
4877 1.1 skrll }
4878 1.1 skrll #endif
4879 1.1 skrll #endif
4880 1.1 skrll
4881 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
4882 1.1 skrll alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4883 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > 2)
4884 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 2;
4885 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4886 1.1 skrll
4887 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (4);
4888 1.1 skrll memset (p, 0, 4);
4889 1.1 skrll fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
4890 1.1 skrll &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
4891 1.1 skrll }
4892 1.1 skrll
4893 1.1 skrll /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops. This is like the
4894 1.1 skrll generic vresion, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
4895 1.1 skrll correctly aligned. */
4896 1.1 skrll
4897 1.1 skrll static void
4898 1.1 skrll s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
4899 1.1 skrll {
4900 1.1 skrll int log_size;
4901 1.1 skrll
4902 1.1 skrll switch (type)
4903 1.1 skrll {
4904 1.1 skrll default:
4905 1.1 skrll case 'f':
4906 1.1 skrll case 'F':
4907 1.1 skrll log_size = 2;
4908 1.1 skrll break;
4909 1.1 skrll
4910 1.1 skrll case 'd':
4911 1.1 skrll case 'D':
4912 1.1 skrll case 'G':
4913 1.1 skrll log_size = 3;
4914 1.1 skrll break;
4915 1.1 skrll
4916 1.1 skrll case 'x':
4917 1.1 skrll case 'X':
4918 1.1 skrll case 'p':
4919 1.1 skrll case 'P':
4920 1.1 skrll log_size = 4;
4921 1.1 skrll break;
4922 1.1 skrll }
4923 1.1 skrll
4924 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
4925 1.1 skrll alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4926 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
4927 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = log_size;
4928 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4929 1.1 skrll
4930 1.1 skrll float_cons (type);
4931 1.1 skrll }
4932 1.1 skrll
4933 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .proc pseudo op. We don't really do much with it except
4934 1.1 skrll parse it. */
4935 1.1 skrll
4936 1.1 skrll static void
4937 1.1 skrll s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4938 1.1 skrll {
4939 1.1 skrll char *name;
4940 1.1 skrll char c;
4941 1.1 skrll char *p;
4942 1.1 skrll symbolS *symbolP;
4943 1.1 skrll int temp;
4944 1.1 skrll
4945 1.1 skrll /* Takes ".proc name,nargs". */
4946 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4947 1.1 skrll name = input_line_pointer;
4948 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_end ();
4949 1.1 skrll p = input_line_pointer;
4950 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4951 1.1 skrll *p = c;
4952 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4953 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4954 1.1 skrll {
4955 1.1 skrll *p = 0;
4956 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
4957 1.1 skrll *p = c;
4958 1.3 christos temp = 0;
4959 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4960 1.1 skrll }
4961 1.1 skrll else
4962 1.1 skrll {
4963 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
4964 1.1 skrll temp = get_absolute_expression ();
4965 1.1 skrll }
4966 1.1 skrll /* *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
4967 1.1 skrll (void) symbolP;
4968 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
4969 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4970 1.1 skrll }
4971 1.1 skrll
4972 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .set pseudo op. This is used to turn on and off most of
4973 1.1 skrll the assembler features. */
4974 1.1 skrll
4975 1.1 skrll static void
4976 1.1 skrll s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4977 1.1 skrll {
4978 1.1 skrll char *name, ch, *s;
4979 1.1 skrll int yesno = 1;
4980 1.1 skrll
4981 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4982 1.1 skrll name = input_line_pointer;
4983 1.1 skrll ch = get_symbol_end ();
4984 1.1 skrll
4985 1.1 skrll s = name;
4986 1.1 skrll if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
4987 1.1 skrll {
4988 1.1 skrll yesno = 0;
4989 1.1 skrll s += 2;
4990 1.1 skrll }
4991 1.1 skrll if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
4992 1.1 skrll /* ignore */ ;
4993 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
4994 1.1 skrll alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
4995 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
4996 1.1 skrll alpha_macros_on = yesno;
4997 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
4998 1.1 skrll /* ignore */ ;
4999 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
5000 1.1 skrll /* ignore */ ;
5001 1.1 skrll else
5002 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
5003 1.1 skrll
5004 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = ch;
5005 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5006 1.1 skrll }
5007 1.1 skrll
5008 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .base pseudo op. This changes the assembler's notion of
5009 1.1 skrll the $gp register. */
5010 1.1 skrll
5011 1.1 skrll static void
5012 1.1 skrll s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5013 1.1 skrll {
5014 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5015 1.1 skrll
5016 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
5017 1.1 skrll {
5018 1.1 skrll /* $rNN form. */
5019 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
5020 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
5021 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
5022 1.1 skrll }
5023 1.1 skrll
5024 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
5025 1.1 skrll if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
5026 1.1 skrll {
5027 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
5028 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
5029 1.1 skrll }
5030 1.1 skrll
5031 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5032 1.1 skrll }
5033 1.1 skrll
5034 1.3 christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op. This aligns to a power of two. It
5035 1.1 skrll also adjusts any current instruction label. We treat this the same
5036 1.1 skrll way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment. */
5037 1.1 skrll
5038 1.1 skrll static void
5039 1.1 skrll s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5040 1.1 skrll {
5041 1.1 skrll int align;
5042 1.1 skrll char fill, *pfill;
5043 1.1 skrll long max_alignment = 16;
5044 1.1 skrll
5045 1.1 skrll align = get_absolute_expression ();
5046 1.1 skrll if (align > max_alignment)
5047 1.1 skrll {
5048 1.1 skrll align = max_alignment;
5049 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
5050 1.1 skrll }
5051 1.1 skrll else if (align < 0)
5052 1.1 skrll {
5053 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
5054 1.1 skrll align = 0;
5055 1.1 skrll }
5056 1.1 skrll
5057 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
5058 1.1 skrll {
5059 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
5060 1.4 christos fill = get_absolute_expression ();
5061 1.1 skrll pfill = &fill;
5062 1.1 skrll }
5063 1.1 skrll else
5064 1.1 skrll pfill = NULL;
5065 1.1 skrll
5066 1.4 christos if (align != 0)
5067 1.1 skrll {
5068 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
5069 1.1 skrll alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
5070 1.1 skrll }
5071 1.1 skrll else
5072 1.1 skrll {
5073 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5074 1.1 skrll }
5075 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5076 1.1 skrll
5077 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5078 1.1 skrll }
5079 1.1 skrll
5080 1.1 skrll /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment. */
5081 1.1 skrll
5082 1.1 skrll static void
5083 1.1 skrll s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
5084 1.1 skrll {
5085 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
5086 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5087 1.1 skrll stringer (8 + terminate);
5088 1.1 skrll }
5089 1.1 skrll
5090 1.1 skrll /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment. */
5091 1.1 skrll
5092 1.1 skrll static void
5093 1.1 skrll s_alpha_space (int ignore)
5094 1.1 skrll {
5095 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
5096 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5097 1.1 skrll s_space (ignore);
5098 1.1 skrll }
5099 1.1 skrll
5100 1.1 skrll /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment. */
5101 1.1 skrll
5102 1.1 skrll void
5103 1.1 skrll alpha_cons_align (int size)
5104 1.1 skrll {
5105 1.1 skrll int log_size;
5106 1.1 skrll
5107 1.1 skrll log_size = 0;
5108 1.1 skrll while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
5109 1.1 skrll ++log_size;
5110 1.1 skrll
5111 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
5112 1.1 skrll alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
5113 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
5114 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = log_size;
5115 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5116 1.1 skrll }
5117 1.1 skrll
5118 1.1 skrll /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
5119 1.1 skrll pseudos. We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons. */
5120 1.1 skrll
5121 1.1 skrll static void
5122 1.1 skrll s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
5123 1.1 skrll {
5124 1.1 skrll int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
5125 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5126 1.1 skrll cons (bytes);
5127 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
5128 1.1 skrll }
5129 1.1 skrll
5130 1.1 skrll /* Switch the working cpu type. */
5131 1.1 skrll
5132 1.1 skrll static void
5133 1.1 skrll s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5134 1.1 skrll {
5135 1.1 skrll char *name, ch;
5136 1.1 skrll const struct cpu_type *p;
5137 1.1 skrll
5138 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5139 1.3 christos name = input_line_pointer;
5140 1.1 skrll ch = get_symbol_end ();
5141 1.1 skrll
5142 1.1 skrll for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5143 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
5144 1.1 skrll {
5145 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5146 1.1 skrll goto found;
5147 1.1 skrll }
5148 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
5149 1.1 skrll
5150 1.1 skrll found:
5151 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = ch;
5152 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5153 1.1 skrll }
5154 1.1 skrll
5155 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
5157 1.1 skrll /* print token expression with alpha specific extension. */
5158 1.1 skrll
5159 1.1 skrll static void
5160 1.1 skrll alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
5161 1.1 skrll {
5162 1.3 christos switch (exp->X_op)
5163 1.1 skrll {
5164 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister:
5165 1.1 skrll putc (',', f);
5166 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
5167 1.3 christos case O_pregister:
5168 1.1 skrll putc ('(', f);
5169 1.1 skrll {
5170 1.1 skrll expressionS nexp = *exp;
5171 1.1 skrll nexp.X_op = O_register;
5172 1.1 skrll print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
5173 1.1 skrll }
5174 1.1 skrll putc (')', f);
5175 1.1 skrll break;
5176 1.1 skrll default:
5177 1.1 skrll print_expr_1 (f, exp);
5178 1.1 skrll break;
5179 1.1 skrll }
5180 1.1 skrll }
5181 1.1 skrll #endif
5182 1.1 skrll
5183 1.1 skrll /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support. */
5185 1.1 skrll
5186 1.1 skrll const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
5187 1.1 skrll {
5188 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5189 1.1 skrll {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0}, /* OSF1 compiler does this. */
5190 1.1 skrll {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
5191 1.1 skrll #endif
5192 1.1 skrll {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
5193 1.3 christos {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
5194 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5195 1.3 christos {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
5196 1.3 christos #endif
5197 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5198 1.3 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5199 1.3 christos {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5200 1.3 christos {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
5201 1.3 christos {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5202 1.3 christos #endif
5203 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5204 1.3 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5205 1.3 christos {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
5206 1.3 christos {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
5207 1.3 christos {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
5208 1.3 christos {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
5209 1.3 christos {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
5210 1.3 christos {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5211 1.3 christos {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5212 1.3 christos {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
5213 1.1 skrll {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5214 1.1 skrll {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
5215 1.1 skrll {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5216 1.1 skrll {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
5217 1.1 skrll {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
5218 1.1 skrll {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
5219 1.1 skrll {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
5220 1.1 skrll {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
5221 1.1 skrll {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
5222 1.1 skrll {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
5223 1.1 skrll {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
5224 1.1 skrll #endif
5225 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5226 1.1 skrll /* Frame related pseudos. */
5227 1.1 skrll {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5228 1.1 skrll {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5229 1.1 skrll {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5230 1.1 skrll {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
5231 1.1 skrll {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5232 1.1 skrll {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5233 1.1 skrll {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
5234 1.1 skrll {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
5235 1.1 skrll {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
5236 1.1 skrll {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
5237 1.3 christos {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
5238 1.3 christos /* COFF debugging related pseudos. */
5239 1.3 christos {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
5240 1.1 skrll {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
5241 1.1 skrll {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
5242 1.3 christos {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
5243 1.1 skrll {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
5244 1.1 skrll {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
5245 1.1 skrll {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
5246 1.1 skrll {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
5247 1.1 skrll #else
5248 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5249 1.1 skrll {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5250 1.1 skrll #else
5251 1.1 skrll {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
5252 1.1 skrll #endif
5253 1.1 skrll #endif
5254 1.1 skrll {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
5255 1.1 skrll {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5256 1.1 skrll {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5257 1.1 skrll {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
5258 1.1 skrll {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
5259 1.1 skrll {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
5260 1.1 skrll
5261 1.1 skrll {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
5262 1.1 skrll {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
5263 1.1 skrll {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
5264 1.1 skrll {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
5265 1.1 skrll {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
5266 1.1 skrll {"base", s_alpha_base, 0}, /*??*/
5267 1.1 skrll {"option", s_ignore, 0},
5268 1.1 skrll {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
5269 1.1 skrll {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
5270 1.1 skrll {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
5271 1.1 skrll
5272 1.1 skrll {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
5273 1.1 skrll {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5274 1.1 skrll {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5275 1.1 skrll {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5276 1.1 skrll {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
5277 1.1 skrll {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5278 1.1 skrll {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5279 1.1 skrll {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
5280 1.1 skrll {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
5281 1.1 skrll {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
5282 1.1 skrll
5283 1.1 skrll /* Unaligned data pseudos. */
5284 1.1 skrll {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5285 1.1 skrll {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5286 1.1 skrll {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5287 1.1 skrll
5288 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5289 1.1 skrll /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned. */
5290 1.1 skrll {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5291 1.1 skrll {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5292 1.1 skrll {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5293 1.1 skrll #endif
5294 1.1 skrll
5295 1.1 skrll /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these. */
5296 1.1 skrll {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
5297 1.1 skrll {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
5298 1.1 skrll
5299 1.1 skrll {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
5300 1.1 skrll
5301 1.1 skrll {NULL, 0, 0},
5302 1.1 skrll };
5303 1.1 skrll
5304 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5306 1.1 skrll
5307 1.1 skrll /* @@@ GP selection voodoo. All of this seems overly complicated and
5308 1.1 skrll unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only. */
5309 1.1 skrll
5310 1.1 skrll static inline void
5311 1.1 skrll maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
5312 1.1 skrll {
5313 1.3 christos bfd_vma vma;
5314 1.1 skrll
5315 1.1 skrll if (!sec)
5316 1.1 skrll return;
5317 1.1 skrll vma = bfd_get_section_vma (sec->owner, sec);
5318 1.1 skrll if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
5319 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value = vma;
5320 1.1 skrll }
5321 1.1 skrll
5322 1.1 skrll static void
5323 1.1 skrll select_gp_value (void)
5324 1.1 skrll {
5325 1.1 skrll gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
5326 1.1 skrll
5327 1.1 skrll /* Get minus-one in whatever width... */
5328 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value = 0;
5329 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value--;
5330 1.1 skrll
5331 1.1 skrll /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections. */
5332 1.1 skrll maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
5333 1.1 skrll
5334 1.1 skrll /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here? If not, why not? */
5335 1.1 skrll #define GP_ADJUSTMENT (0x8000 - 0x10)
5336 1.1 skrll
5337 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
5338 1.3 christos
5339 1.1 skrll S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
5340 1.1 skrll
5341 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
5342 1.1 skrll printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
5343 1.1 skrll #endif
5344 1.3 christos }
5345 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
5346 1.1 skrll
5347 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5348 1.1 skrll /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL. */
5349 1.1 skrll
5350 1.1 skrll bfd_vma
5351 1.3 christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, char **ptr_msg)
5352 1.1 skrll {
5353 1.1 skrll if (letter == 's')
5354 1.1 skrll return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
5355 1.1 skrll
5356 1.1 skrll *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
5357 1.1 skrll return -1;
5358 1.1 skrll }
5359 1.1 skrll
5360 1.1 skrll /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA. */
5361 1.1 skrll
5362 1.1 skrll flagword
5363 1.1 skrll alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5364 1.1 skrll {
5365 1.1 skrll if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
5366 1.1 skrll flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
5367 1.1 skrll return flags;
5368 1.1 skrll }
5369 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
5370 1.1 skrll
5371 1.1 skrll /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c. Fill in the contents
5372 1.1 skrll of an rs_align_code fragment. */
5373 1.1 skrll
5374 1.1 skrll void
5375 1.1 skrll alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
5376 1.1 skrll {
5377 1.1 skrll static char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
5378 1.1 skrll static char const nopunop[8] =
5379 1.1 skrll {
5380 1.1 skrll 0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
5381 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
5382 1.1 skrll };
5383 1.1 skrll
5384 1.1 skrll int bytes, fix;
5385 1.1 skrll char *p;
5386 1.1 skrll
5387 1.1 skrll if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
5388 1.1 skrll return;
5389 1.1 skrll
5390 1.1 skrll bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
5391 1.1 skrll p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
5392 1.1 skrll fix = 0;
5393 1.1 skrll
5394 1.1 skrll if (bytes & 3)
5395 1.1 skrll {
5396 1.1 skrll fix = bytes & 3;
5397 1.1 skrll memset (p, 0, fix);
5398 1.1 skrll p += fix;
5399 1.1 skrll bytes -= fix;
5400 1.1 skrll }
5401 1.1 skrll
5402 1.1 skrll if (bytes & 4)
5403 1.1 skrll {
5404 1.1 skrll memcpy (p, unop, 4);
5405 1.1 skrll p += 4;
5406 1.1 skrll bytes -= 4;
5407 1.1 skrll fix += 4;
5408 1.1 skrll }
5409 1.1 skrll
5410 1.1 skrll memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
5411 1.1 skrll
5412 1.1 skrll fragp->fr_fix += fix;
5413 1.1 skrll fragp->fr_var = 8;
5414 1.1 skrll }
5415 1.1 skrll
5416 1.1 skrll /* Public interface functions. */
5418 1.1 skrll
5419 1.1 skrll /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It sets
5420 1.3 christos up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
5421 1.1 skrll need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed. */
5422 1.1 skrll
5423 1.1 skrll void
5424 1.1 skrll md_begin (void)
5425 1.1 skrll {
5426 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
5427 1.1 skrll
5428 1.1 skrll /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough. */
5429 1.1 skrll {
5430 1.1 skrll expressionS e;
5431 1.1 skrll
5432 1.1 skrll e.X_op = O_max;
5433 1.1 skrll gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
5434 1.1 skrll }
5435 1.1 skrll
5436 1.1 skrll /* Create the opcode hash table. */
5437 1.1 skrll alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
5438 1.1 skrll
5439 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
5440 1.1 skrll {
5441 1.1 skrll const char *name, *retval, *slash;
5442 1.1 skrll
5443 1.3 christos name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
5444 1.1 skrll retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
5445 1.1 skrll if (retval)
5446 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s"),
5447 1.1 skrll name, retval);
5448 1.1 skrll
5449 1.1 skrll /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
5450 1.1 skrll syntax, like the architecture manual suggests. However, for
5451 1.1 skrll use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
5452 1.1 skrll without the "/". */
5453 1.1 skrll
5454 1.1 skrll if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
5455 1.1 skrll {
5456 1.1 skrll char *p = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name));
5457 1.1 skrll
5458 1.1 skrll memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
5459 1.1 skrll strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
5460 1.1 skrll
5461 1.1 skrll (void) hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
5462 1.1 skrll /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
5463 1.1 skrll variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q". */
5464 1.1 skrll }
5465 1.1 skrll
5466 1.1 skrll while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
5467 1.1 skrll && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
5468 1.1 skrll || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
5469 1.1 skrll continue;
5470 1.1 skrll }
5471 1.1 skrll
5472 1.1 skrll /* Create the macro hash table. */
5473 1.1 skrll alpha_macro_hash = hash_new ();
5474 1.1 skrll
5475 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
5476 1.1 skrll {
5477 1.1 skrll const char *name, *retval;
5478 1.1 skrll
5479 1.1 skrll name = alpha_macros[i].name;
5480 1.1 skrll retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_macros[i]);
5481 1.1 skrll if (retval)
5482 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s"),
5483 1.1 skrll name, retval);
5484 1.1 skrll
5485 1.1 skrll while (++i < alpha_num_macros
5486 1.1 skrll && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
5487 1.1 skrll || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
5488 1.1 skrll continue;
5489 1.1 skrll }
5490 1.1 skrll
5491 1.1 skrll /* Construct symbols for each of the registers. */
5492 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
5493 1.1 skrll {
5494 1.1 skrll char name[4];
5495 1.1 skrll
5496 1.1 skrll sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
5497 1.1 skrll alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
5498 1.1 skrll &zero_address_frag);
5499 1.1 skrll }
5500 1.1 skrll
5501 1.1 skrll for (; i < 64; ++i)
5502 1.1 skrll {
5503 1.1 skrll char name[5];
5504 1.1 skrll
5505 1.1 skrll sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
5506 1.1 skrll alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
5507 1.1 skrll &zero_address_frag);
5508 1.1 skrll }
5509 1.1 skrll
5510 1.1 skrll /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using. */
5511 1.1 skrll
5512 1.1 skrll /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects. */
5513 1.1 skrll bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
5514 1.1 skrll
5515 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5516 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
5517 1.1 skrll
5518 1.1 skrll /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
5519 1.1 skrll symbol table. We'll edit it out of relocs later. */
5520 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000,
5521 1.1 skrll &zero_address_frag);
5522 1.1 skrll #endif
5523 1.1 skrll
5524 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5525 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
5526 1.1 skrll #endif
5527 1.1 skrll
5528 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5529 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
5530 1.1 skrll {
5531 1.1 skrll segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
5532 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
5533 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
5534 1.1 skrll }
5535 1.1 skrll #endif
5536 1.1 skrll
5537 1.1 skrll /* Create literal lookup hash table. */
5538 1.1 skrll alpha_literal_hash = hash_new ();
5539 1.1 skrll
5540 1.1 skrll subseg_set (text_section, 0);
5541 1.1 skrll }
5542 1.1 skrll
5543 1.1 skrll /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
5544 1.1 skrll
5545 1.1 skrll void
5546 1.1 skrll md_assemble (char *str)
5547 1.1 skrll {
5548 1.1 skrll /* Current maximum is 13. */
5549 1.1 skrll char opname[32];
5550 1.1 skrll expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
5551 1.1 skrll int ntok, trunclen;
5552 1.1 skrll size_t opnamelen;
5553 1.1 skrll
5554 1.1 skrll /* Split off the opcode. */
5555 1.1 skrll opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
5556 1.1 skrll trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
5557 1.1 skrll ? opnamelen
5558 1.1 skrll : sizeof (opname) - 1);
5559 1.1 skrll memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
5560 1.1 skrll opname[trunclen] = '\0';
5561 1.1 skrll
5562 1.1 skrll /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
5563 1.1 skrll if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
5564 1.1 skrll {
5565 1.1 skrll if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
5566 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("syntax error"));
5567 1.1 skrll
5568 1.1 skrll return;
5569 1.1 skrll }
5570 1.1 skrll
5571 1.1 skrll /* Finish it off. */
5572 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
5573 1.1 skrll }
5574 1.1 skrll
5575 1.1 skrll /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary. */
5576 1.1 skrll
5577 1.1 skrll valueT
5578 1.1 skrll md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
5579 1.1 skrll {
5580 1.1 skrll int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg);
5581 1.1 skrll valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
5582 1.1 skrll
5583 1.1 skrll return (size + mask) & ~mask;
5584 1.1 skrll }
5585 1.1 skrll
5586 1.1 skrll /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
5587 1.1 skrll of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP. The number
5588 1.1 skrll of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP. An error message is
5589 1.1 skrll returned, or NULL on OK. */
5590 1.1 skrll
5591 1.1 skrll char *
5592 1.1 skrll md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
5593 1.1 skrll {
5594 1.1 skrll extern char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
5595 1.1 skrll
5596 1.1 skrll switch (type)
5597 1.1 skrll {
5598 1.1 skrll /* VAX floats. */
5599 1.1 skrll case 'G':
5600 1.1 skrll /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason. */
5601 1.1 skrll type = 'g';
5602 1.1 skrll case 'F':
5603 1.1 skrll case 'D':
5604 1.1 skrll return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
5605 1.1 skrll
5606 1.1 skrll default:
5607 1.1 skrll return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, FALSE);
5608 1.1 skrll }
5609 1.1 skrll }
5610 1.1 skrll
5611 1.1 skrll /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options. */
5612 1.1 skrll
5613 1.1 skrll int
5614 1.1 skrll md_parse_option (int c, char *arg)
5615 1.1 skrll {
5616 1.1 skrll switch (c)
5617 1.1 skrll {
5618 1.1 skrll case 'F':
5619 1.1 skrll alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
5620 1.1 skrll break;
5621 1.1 skrll
5622 1.1 skrll case OPTION_32ADDR:
5623 1.1 skrll alpha_addr32_on = 1;
5624 1.1 skrll break;
5625 1.1 skrll
5626 1.1 skrll case 'g':
5627 1.1 skrll alpha_debug = 1;
5628 1.1 skrll break;
5629 1.1 skrll
5630 1.1 skrll case 'G':
5631 1.1 skrll g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
5632 1.1 skrll break;
5633 1.1 skrll
5634 1.1 skrll case 'm':
5635 1.1 skrll {
5636 1.1 skrll const struct cpu_type *p;
5637 1.1 skrll
5638 1.1 skrll for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5639 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
5640 1.1 skrll {
5641 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5642 1.1 skrll goto found;
5643 1.1 skrll }
5644 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
5645 1.1 skrll found:;
5646 1.1 skrll }
5647 1.3 christos break;
5648 1.3 christos
5649 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5650 1.3 christos case '+': /* For g++. Hash any name > 63 chars long. */
5651 1.3 christos alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
5652 1.3 christos break;
5653 1.3 christos
5654 1.3 christos case 'H': /* Show new symbol after hash truncation. */
5655 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
5656 1.1 skrll break;
5657 1.1 skrll
5658 1.1 skrll case 'h': /* For gnu-c/vax compatibility. */
5659 1.1 skrll break;
5660 1.1 skrll
5661 1.1 skrll case OPTION_REPLACE:
5662 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_replace = 1;
5663 1.1 skrll break;
5664 1.1 skrll
5665 1.1 skrll case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
5666 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_replace = 0;
5667 1.1 skrll break;
5668 1.1 skrll #endif
5669 1.1 skrll
5670 1.1 skrll case OPTION_RELAX:
5671 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_relax = 1;
5672 1.1 skrll break;
5673 1.1 skrll
5674 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5675 1.1 skrll case OPTION_MDEBUG:
5676 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
5677 1.1 skrll break;
5678 1.1 skrll case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
5679 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
5680 1.1 skrll break;
5681 1.1 skrll #endif
5682 1.1 skrll
5683 1.1 skrll default:
5684 1.1 skrll return 0;
5685 1.1 skrll }
5686 1.1 skrll
5687 1.1 skrll return 1;
5688 1.1 skrll }
5689 1.1 skrll
5690 1.1 skrll /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept. */
5691 1.1 skrll
5692 1.1 skrll void
5693 1.1 skrll md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
5694 1.3 christos {
5695 1.3 christos fputs (_("\
5696 1.3 christos Alpha options:\n\
5697 1.1 skrll -32addr treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
5698 1.1 skrll -F lack floating point instructions support\n\
5699 1.1 skrll -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
5700 1.1 skrll specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
5701 1.1 skrll -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
5702 1.1 skrll these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
5703 1.1 skrll stream);
5704 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5705 1.1 skrll fputs (_("\
5706 1.1 skrll VMS options:\n\
5707 1.1 skrll -+ encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
5708 1.1 skrll -H show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
5709 1.1 skrll -replace/-noreplace enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
5710 1.1 skrll stream);
5711 1.1 skrll #endif
5712 1.1 skrll }
5713 1.1 skrll
5714 1.1 skrll /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
5715 1.1 skrll relative to the pc-relative fixup. Er, relatively speaking. */
5716 1.1 skrll
5717 1.1 skrll long
5718 1.1 skrll md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
5719 1.1 skrll {
5720 1.1 skrll valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
5721 1.1 skrll
5722 1.1 skrll switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5723 1.1 skrll {
5724 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5725 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5726 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5727 1.1 skrll return addr + 4;
5728 1.1 skrll default:
5729 1.1 skrll return addr;
5730 1.1 skrll }
5731 1.1 skrll }
5732 1.1 skrll
5733 1.1 skrll /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup. The return value is
5734 1.1 skrll ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
5735 1.1 skrll To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
5736 1.1 skrll
5737 1.1 skrll For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
5738 1.1 skrll internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally. We had to do
5739 1.1 skrll this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
5740 1.1 skrll the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
5741 1.1 skrll GPDISP. */
5742 1.1 skrll
5743 1.1 skrll void
5744 1.1 skrll md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
5745 1.1 skrll {
5746 1.1 skrll char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
5747 1.1 skrll valueT value = * valP;
5748 1.1 skrll unsigned image, size;
5749 1.1 skrll
5750 1.1 skrll switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5751 1.1 skrll {
5752 1.1 skrll /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
5753 1.1 skrll referring to the current function's section; we need to drop
5754 1.1 skrll in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
5755 1.1 skrll the function, gives the desired GP. */
5756 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
5757 1.1 skrll {
5758 1.1 skrll fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
5759 1.1 skrll
5760 1.1 skrll /* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
5761 1.1 skrll the matching LO16 reloc. We will have already issued an
5762 1.1 skrll error message. */
5763 1.1 skrll if (next)
5764 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
5765 1.1 skrll - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
5766 1.1 skrll
5767 1.1 skrll value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
5768 1.1 skrll }
5769 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5770 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
5771 1.1 skrll #endif
5772 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_gp;
5773 1.1 skrll
5774 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
5775 1.1 skrll value = sign_extend_16 (value);
5776 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = 0;
5777 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5778 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_done = 1;
5779 1.1 skrll #endif
5780 1.1 skrll
5781 1.1 skrll do_reloc_gp:
5782 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
5783 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5784 1.1 skrll break;
5785 1.1 skrll
5786 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_16:
5787 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5788 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
5789 1.1 skrll size = 2;
5790 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_xx;
5791 1.1 skrll
5792 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_32:
5793 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5794 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
5795 1.1 skrll size = 4;
5796 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_xx;
5797 1.1 skrll
5798 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_64:
5799 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5800 1.3 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
5801 1.1 skrll size = 8;
5802 1.1 skrll
5803 1.1 skrll do_reloc_xx:
5804 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5805 1.1 skrll {
5806 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
5807 1.1 skrll goto done;
5808 1.1 skrll }
5809 1.1 skrll return;
5810 1.1 skrll
5811 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5812 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5813 1.1 skrll gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
5814 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
5815 1.1 skrll /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why? */
5816 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
5817 1.1 skrll break;
5818 1.1 skrll #else
5819 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5820 1.1 skrll #endif
5821 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
5822 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
5823 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
5824 1.1 skrll return;
5825 1.1 skrll
5826 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5827 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5828 1.1 skrll {
5829 1.1 skrll image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5830 1.1 skrll image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5831 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5832 1.1 skrll }
5833 1.1 skrll return;
5834 1.1 skrll
5835 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5836 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5837 1.1 skrll {
5838 1.1 skrll image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5839 1.1 skrll image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5840 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5841 1.1 skrll }
5842 1.1 skrll return;
5843 1.1 skrll
5844 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5845 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5846 1.1 skrll return;
5847 1.1 skrll
5848 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
5849 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
5850 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
5851 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
5852 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
5853 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
5854 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
5855 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
5856 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
5857 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
5858 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_addsy)
5859 1.1 skrll S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
5860 1.1 skrll return;
5861 1.3 christos #endif
5862 1.3 christos
5863 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5864 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
5865 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5866 1.3 christos return;
5867 1.3 christos #endif
5868 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
5869 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
5870 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
5871 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
5872 1.3 christos return;
5873 1.3 christos
5874 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5875 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
5876 1.3 christos value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5877 1.3 christos
5878 1.3 christos /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
5879 1.3 christos "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
5880 1.3 christos as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
5881 1.3 christos and the same test is done again." */
5882 1.3 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5883 1.3 christos {
5884 1.3 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5885 1.3 christos return;
5886 1.3 christos }
5887 1.3 christos
5888 1.3 christos if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
5889 1.3 christos goto done;
5890 1.3 christos else
5891 1.3 christos {
5892 1.3 christos /* Change to a nop. */
5893 1.3 christos image = 0x47FF041F;
5894 1.3 christos goto write_done;
5895 1.3 christos }
5896 1.3 christos
5897 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
5898 1.3 christos /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
5899 1.3 christos the value for an O_subtract. */
5900 1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy
5901 1.3 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5902 1.3 christos {
5903 1.3 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
5904 1.3 christos return;
5905 1.3 christos }
5906 1.3 christos
5907 1.3 christos if ((abs (value)) & ~0x7fff)
5908 1.3 christos goto done;
5909 1.3 christos else
5910 1.3 christos {
5911 1.3 christos /* Change to an lda. */
5912 1.3 christos image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
5913 1.3 christos goto write_done;
5914 1.3 christos }
5915 1.3 christos
5916 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
5917 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
5918 1.3 christos value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5919 1.3 christos
5920 1.3 christos /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above. */
5921 1.3 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5922 1.3 christos {
5923 1.3 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5924 1.3 christos return;
5925 1.3 christos }
5926 1.3 christos
5927 1.3 christos if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
5928 1.3 christos {
5929 1.3 christos /* Out of range. */
5930 1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
5931 1.3 christos {
5932 1.3 christos /* Add a hint. */
5933 1.3 christos image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
5934 1.1 skrll image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5935 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5936 1.1 skrll }
5937 1.1 skrll goto done;
5938 1.1 skrll }
5939 1.1 skrll else
5940 1.1 skrll {
5941 1.1 skrll /* Change to a branch. */
5942 1.1 skrll image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5943 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5944 1.1 skrll }
5945 1.1 skrll #endif
5946 1.3 christos
5947 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
5948 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
5949 1.1 skrll return;
5950 1.1 skrll
5951 1.1 skrll default:
5952 1.1 skrll {
5953 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand;
5954 1.1 skrll
5955 1.1 skrll if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
5956 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
5957 1.1 skrll bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
5958 1.1 skrll
5959 1.1 skrll gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
5960 1.1 skrll operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
5961 1.1 skrll
5962 1.1 skrll /* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
5963 1.1 skrll resolution and have no representation in the object file.
5964 1.1 skrll Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants. */
5965 1.1 skrll
5966 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
5967 1.1 skrll && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
5968 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5969 1.1 skrll _("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
5970 1.1 skrll
5971 1.1 skrll image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5972 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
5973 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
5974 1.1 skrll }
5975 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5976 1.1 skrll }
5977 1.1 skrll
5978 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
5979 1.1 skrll return;
5980 1.1 skrll else
5981 1.1 skrll {
5982 1.1 skrll as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5983 1.1 skrll _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
5984 1.1 skrll goto done;
5985 1.1 skrll }
5986 1.1 skrll
5987 1.1 skrll write_done:
5988 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
5989 1.1 skrll
5990 1.1 skrll done:
5991 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_done = 1;
5992 1.1 skrll }
5993 1.1 skrll
5994 1.1 skrll /* Look for a register name in the given symbol. */
5995 1.1 skrll
5996 1.1 skrll symbolS *
5997 1.1 skrll md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
5998 1.1 skrll {
5999 1.1 skrll if (*name == '$')
6000 1.1 skrll {
6001 1.1 skrll int is_float = 0, num;
6002 1.1 skrll
6003 1.1 skrll switch (*++name)
6004 1.1 skrll {
6005 1.1 skrll case 'f':
6006 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6007 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
6008 1.1 skrll is_float = 32;
6009 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
6010 1.1 skrll
6011 1.1 skrll case 'r':
6012 1.1 skrll if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
6013 1.1 skrll break;
6014 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
6015 1.1 skrll
6016 1.1 skrll case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
6017 1.1 skrll case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
6018 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == '\0')
6019 1.1 skrll num = name[0] - '0';
6020 1.1 skrll else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
6021 1.1 skrll {
6022 1.1 skrll num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
6023 1.1 skrll if (num >= 32)
6024 1.1 skrll break;
6025 1.1 skrll }
6026 1.1 skrll else
6027 1.1 skrll break;
6028 1.1 skrll
6029 1.1 skrll if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
6030 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6031 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
6032 1.1 skrll
6033 1.1 skrll case 'a':
6034 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
6035 1.1 skrll {
6036 1.1 skrll if (!alpha_noat_on)
6037 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6038 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
6039 1.1 skrll }
6040 1.1 skrll break;
6041 1.1 skrll
6042 1.1 skrll case 'g':
6043 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6044 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
6045 1.1 skrll break;
6046 1.1 skrll
6047 1.1 skrll case 's':
6048 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6049 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
6050 1.1 skrll break;
6051 1.1 skrll }
6052 1.1 skrll }
6053 1.1 skrll return NULL;
6054 1.1 skrll }
6055 1.1 skrll
6056 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6057 1.1 skrll /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits. */
6058 1.1 skrll
6059 1.1 skrll void
6060 1.1 skrll alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
6061 1.1 skrll {
6062 1.1 skrll select_gp_value ();
6063 1.1 skrll /* $zero and $f31 are read-only. */
6064 1.1 skrll alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
6065 1.1 skrll alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
6066 1.1 skrll }
6067 1.1 skrll #endif
6068 1.1 skrll
6069 1.1 skrll /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
6070 1.1 skrll code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
6071 1.1 skrll required. */
6072 1.1 skrll
6073 1.1 skrll void
6074 1.1 skrll alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
6075 1.1 skrll {
6076 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = sym;
6077 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6078 1.1 skrll dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
6079 1.1 skrll #endif
6080 1.1 skrll }
6081 1.1 skrll
6082 1.1 skrll /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
6083 1.1 skrll there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time. */
6084 1.1 skrll
6085 1.1 skrll int
6086 1.1 skrll alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
6087 1.1 skrll {
6088 1.1 skrll if (alpha_flag_relax)
6089 1.1 skrll return 1;
6090 1.1 skrll
6091 1.1 skrll switch (f->fx_r_type)
6092 1.1 skrll {
6093 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6094 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6095 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6096 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6097 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6098 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6099 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6100 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6101 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6102 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6103 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6104 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6105 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6106 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6107 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6108 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6109 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6110 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6111 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6112 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6113 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6114 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6115 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6116 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6117 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6118 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6119 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6120 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6121 1.1 skrll #endif
6122 1.1 skrll return 1;
6123 1.1 skrll
6124 1.1 skrll default:
6125 1.1 skrll break;
6126 1.1 skrll }
6127 1.1 skrll
6128 1.1 skrll return generic_force_reloc (f);
6129 1.1 skrll }
6130 1.1 skrll
6131 1.1 skrll /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now. */
6132 1.1 skrll
6133 1.1 skrll int
6134 1.1 skrll alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
6135 1.1 skrll {
6136 1.1 skrll /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
6137 1.1 skrll reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it? */
6138 1.1 skrll switch (f->fx_r_type)
6139 1.1 skrll {
6140 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6141 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6142 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6143 1.1 skrll return 0;
6144 1.1 skrll
6145 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6146 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6147 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6148 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6149 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6150 1.1 skrll return 1;
6151 1.1 skrll
6152 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
6153 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
6154 1.1 skrll return 0;
6155 1.1 skrll
6156 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6157 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6158 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6159 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6160 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
6161 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_16:
6162 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_32:
6163 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_64:
6164 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
6165 1.1 skrll return 1;
6166 1.1 skrll
6167 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6168 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6169 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6170 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6171 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6172 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6173 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6174 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6175 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6176 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6177 1.1 skrll /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
6178 1.1 skrll we're preventing this in the other assemblers. Follow for now. */
6179 1.1 skrll return 0;
6180 1.1 skrll
6181 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6182 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6183 1.1 skrll /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
6184 1.1 skrll let it get resolved at assembly time. */
6185 1.1 skrll {
6186 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
6187 1.1 skrll const char *name;
6188 1.1 skrll int offset = 0;
6189 1.1 skrll
6190 1.1 skrll if (generic_force_reloc (f))
6191 1.1 skrll return 0;
6192 1.1 skrll
6193 1.1 skrll switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
6194 1.1 skrll {
6195 1.1 skrll case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
6196 1.1 skrll break;
6197 1.1 skrll case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
6198 1.1 skrll offset = 8;
6199 1.1 skrll break;
6200 1.1 skrll default:
6201 1.1 skrll if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
6202 1.3 christos name = "<local>";
6203 1.3 christos else
6204 1.3 christos name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
6205 1.3 christos as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
6206 1.3 christos _("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
6207 1.3 christos name);
6208 1.3 christos break;
6209 1.1 skrll }
6210 1.1 skrll f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
6211 1.1 skrll f->fx_offset += offset;
6212 1.1 skrll return 1;
6213 1.1 skrll }
6214 1.1 skrll #endif
6215 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6216 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6217 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6218 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6219 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6220 1.1 skrll return 1;
6221 1.1 skrll #endif
6222 1.1 skrll
6223 1.1 skrll default:
6224 1.3 christos return 1;
6225 1.3 christos }
6226 1.1 skrll }
6227 1.1 skrll
6228 1.1 skrll /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
6229 1.1 skrll fixup used internally in the assembler. */
6230 1.1 skrll
6231 1.3 christos arelent *
6232 1.1 skrll tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6233 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp)
6234 1.1 skrll {
6235 1.1 skrll arelent *reloc;
6236 1.1 skrll
6237 1.1 skrll reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (* reloc));
6238 1.1 skrll reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
6239 1.1 skrll *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6240 1.1 skrll reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
6241 1.1 skrll
6242 1.1 skrll /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
6243 1.1 skrll They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
6244 1.1 skrll gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
6245 1.1 skrll
6246 1.3 christos reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
6247 1.3 christos if (reloc->howto == NULL)
6248 1.3 christos {
6249 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
6250 1.1 skrll _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
6251 1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6252 1.3 christos return NULL;
6253 1.1 skrll }
6254 1.1 skrll
6255 1.1 skrll if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
6256 1.3 christos as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
6257 1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6258 1.3 christos
6259 1.1 skrll gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
6260 1.3 christos
6261 1.3 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
6262 1.3 christos
6263 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6264 1.3 christos /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh. */
6265 1.3 christos /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook. */
6266 1.3 christos if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
6267 1.3 christos reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
6268 1.3 christos #endif
6269 1.3 christos
6270 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6271 1.3 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
6272 1.3 christos {
6273 1.3 christos struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
6274 1.3 christos const char *pname;
6275 1.3 christos int pname_len;
6276 1.3 christos
6277 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6278 1.3 christos /* Copy the linkage index. */
6279 1.3 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6280 1.3 christos break;
6281 1.4 christos
6282 1.4 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6283 1.4 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6284 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6285 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6286 1.3 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
6287 1.3 christos
6288 1.4 christos /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure. Beware that
6289 1.3 christos the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name. */
6290 1.3 christos pname_len = strlen (pname);
6291 1.3 christos if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
6292 1.3 christos {
6293 1.3 christos symbolS *sym;
6294 1.3 christos char *my_pname = (char *) alloca (pname_len - 4 + 1);
6295 1.3 christos
6296 1.3 christos memcpy (my_pname, pname, pname_len - 4);
6297 1.3 christos my_pname [pname_len - 4] = 0;
6298 1.3 christos sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
6299 1.3 christos if (sym == NULL)
6300 1.3 christos abort ();
6301 1.3 christos
6302 1.3 christos while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
6303 1.3 christos {
6304 1.3 christos symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
6305 1.3 christos
6306 1.3 christos /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
6307 1.3 christos written program. */
6308 1.3 christos if (n == sym)
6309 1.3 christos break;
6310 1.3 christos sym = n;
6311 1.3 christos }
6312 1.3 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
6313 1.3 christos }
6314 1.3 christos
6315 1.1 skrll udata = (struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
6316 1.1 skrll xmalloc (sizeof (struct evax_private_udata_struct));
6317 1.1 skrll udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6318 1.1 skrll udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
6319 1.1 skrll udata->origname = (char *)pname;
6320 1.1 skrll udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
6321 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
6322 1.1 skrll reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
6323 1.1 skrll reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6324 1.1 skrll
6325 1.1 skrll default:
6326 1.1 skrll break;
6327 1.1 skrll }
6328 1.1 skrll #endif
6329 1.1 skrll
6330 1.1 skrll return reloc;
6331 1.1 skrll }
6332 1.1 skrll
6333 1.1 skrll /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
6334 1.1 skrll number. Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
6335 1.1 skrll matching for us.
6336 1.1 skrll
6337 1.1 skrll Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive. */
6338 1.1 skrll
6339 1.1 skrll int
6340 1.1 skrll tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6341 1.1 skrll {
6342 1.1 skrll int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
6343 1.1 skrll
6344 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6345 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
6346 1.1 skrll {
6347 1.1 skrll char *s = input_line_pointer;
6348 1.1 skrll char c = get_symbol_end ();
6349 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
6350 1.1 skrll
6351 1.1 skrll *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
6352 1.1 skrll if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
6353 1.1 skrll goto found;
6354 1.1 skrll }
6355 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
6356 1.1 skrll
6357 1.1 skrll found:
6358 1.1 skrll note_gpreg (framereg);
6359 1.1 skrll return framereg;
6360 1.1 skrll }
6361 1.1 skrll
6362 1.1 skrll /* This is called before the symbol table is processed. In order to
6363 1.1 skrll work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
6364 1.1 skrll However, in other cases, we want to discard them. If we were
6365 1.1 skrll called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
6366 1.1 skrll mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
6367 1.1 skrll mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels. */
6368 1.1 skrll
6369 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6370 1.1 skrll
6371 1.1 skrll void
6372 alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
6373 {
6374 if (alpha_debug != 0
6375 && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
6376 flag_keep_locals = 1;
6377 }
6378
6379 #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
6380
6381 /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
6382 IEEE floating point. We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
6383 format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here. */
6384 #include "config/atof-vax.c"
6385